All Posts
Posted on October 4, 2025
The funny thing about The Dragon Reborn is that it isn’t really about the Dragon Reborn. After the first few chapters, we take a nice, long vacation from Rand’s perspective. This whole book reads like an apology to the supporting cast for snubbing them during the first two books.
Nynaeve, Egwene, and Elayne all grow and change a lot. Nynaeve already got raised to Accepted in The Great Hunt, but Egwene and Elayne finally join her. Nynaeve is noticeably less opposed to the notion of becoming an Aes Sedai. She even practices adhering to the Three Oaths every chance she gets. Unfortunately, she has developed this nasty habit of tugging on her braid. This became so noticeable that I had no choice but to keep a running tally, counting twenty-eight braid tugs in total throughout the book. Twenty-eight! Why, oh why, did Robert Jordan feel the need to tell us about this?
Mat turns into a total fucking badass. It’s hard to choose which Mat chapter was most entertaining. Even Perrin finally gets acknowledged as a living, breathing human being; Jordan even gives him a girlfriend!
Moiraine seems to be turning into a darker, more pragmatic caricature of the naive, young initiate we saw in New Spring.
As for the forces of evil… they’ve come across as more bumbling than ever. It was kind of staggering how easily Moiraine took out Be’lal. The rest of the Forsaken have their hands in the politics of practically all major countries, and they still can’t manage to do anything to stop a few clueless farmers from a backwater village in Andor.
Posted on October 4, 2025
The people of Tear recognize Rand as the Dragon Reborn.
The entire city of Tear buzzes with excitement. “Al’Thor! The Dragon! Al’Thor!” the people exalt.
Our heroes gather in a room at the Stone.
NYNAEVE: I can’t believe Perrin is here in Tear. Are you sure he’s all right?
MOIRAINE: [shrugs] Fuck if I care. He was breathing when I left him.
Honestly, this woman is taking a page from Superman III here and transforming into Dark Moiraine. And it’s a good thing.
Moiraine shows everyone a cuendillar item — a fourth seal on the Dark One’s prison, this one intact. Finally, some good news!

Twenty-eight tugs in total! All will be forgiven if we get one slap per tug.
The group figures out that the Aiel are the People of the Dragon. Somewhere in there Nynaeve gives us one last painful tug on her braid, bringing the grand total to twenty-eight tugs.
And then everyone spots the elephant in the room: a bunch of people seem to be under the mistaken impression that Ba’alzamon is the Dark One, and that they just fought the Last fucking Battle. Mat is particularly enamored with this notion.
MAT: The hardest part is done. The Stone has fallen to the People of the Dragon, Rand has Callandor, and Shai’tan is dead.
MOIRAINE: You small-minded moron.
This time it is Mat who makes the dumbass move of naming the Dark One. In the conversation that follows it turns out a bunch of people think Rand just killed the ultimate force of evil in the universe. Riiiiiiiight. Moiraine, not possessing shit for brains, schools them on how dumb this is. But hey, Mat said his name, so at least we have the Dark One’s attention now. Oh Great Lord of the Dark, can we be finished with this fucking book yet?
DARK ONE: Yes, cowardly mortal.
Oh, thank you, Great Lord!
DARK ONE: You still have eleven books to go, fucker! Hundreds of braid-tugs. Long streaks of back-to-back Perrin chapters. Endless dreams sequences. Nonsensical final battles. Despair, mortal.
Lanfear sends her regards, and Mat realizes he needs to get the fuck out of there ASAP, but that about does it for the Dragon Reborn.
The end.
Posted on October 3, 2025
Mat and Juilin free Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne. Perrin rescues Faile from her dream prison. Be’lal battles Rand in the Heart of the Stone, but Moiraine intervenes and kills him with balefire. Ba’alzamon attacks, but Rand grabs Callandor and defends himself. Ba’alzamon tries to kill Rand with balefire, but he deflects the attacks and drives the magic sword through Ba’alzamon’s heart. Rand declares himself the Dragon Reborn.
In her dream, Egwene enters the cell block. Amico, the Black sister guarding the door, begins to doze and she enters the World of Dreams. Egwene severs Amico from the True Source in the dream and binds her with Air. But when she wakes, the shield still holds. Alright, time for plan B! They’re going to… try again? That’s right, the best they can come up with is to send Egwene back into the dream, because that worked so well the first time.
Mercifully, Mat and Juilin find the prison wing. Mat is puzzled when he sees Amico sitting there, half-asleep and begging for their help. But Juilin recognizes her as one of the thirteen. Mat snatches the key, unlocks the cell, and all they have to say is, “What are you doing here, Matrim Cauthon?” That’s gratitude for you. Jordan finally lets Mat be a hero, and this is the thanks he gets.
Perrin finally rescues Faile from the dream-prison. This whole plot line feels very much phoned-in. Like Jordan needed to manufacture a plot line that put Faile in danger, just so Perrin could come dashing to save her, and in the process realize how much he cares for her. Once all of the dream bullshit is done, they wake up in the private dining room, and the figurine is cracked in half.
In the Heart of the Stone of Tear, Rand finds Callandor waiting for him… and Be’lal. The Forsaken is a skilled swordsman, wielding a blade of black fire. As they fight, he keeps addressing Rand as Lews Therin Kinslayer, trying to goad him into taking Callandor.
Moiraine bursts into the room. Be’lal almost completely dismisses her as a harmless annoyance, but screams a Big “NO” as the Aes Sedai scrubs him from existence with balefire. Gosh, this balefire seems too easy. Dogs running straight at you? Balefire! Forsaken about to kill you? Balefire! Character won’t stop tugging on her fucking braid? Balefire! Who is she going to zap next? This is like playing a video game in God Mode.
MOIRAINE: He was right about one thing, Rand. You must take Callandor.
Suddenly, ropes of black lightning grab Moiraine and hurl her across the room. Enter Ba’alzamon. Yes, again. We’ve had to put up with this cardboard cut-out of a villain for three books now, but at least he’s finally changing his tune. He’s done trying to make Rand serve him in life, so he has come to enslave him in death.
Realizing it is his only hope, Rand leaps for Callandor and grasps it. The amount of Power he can suddenly pull in is awesome, and incredibly dangerous. Ba’alzamon turns to face Rand, and villainously teleports away. Rand follows to some kind of alternate version of the Stone of Tear. If that sounds frustratingly metaphysical, it is. It’s like he gets so excited by the action that he forgets to keep things grounded in reality, and pretty soon you can’t see past the language to tell what the fuck is actually going on. Not sure what I mean? Here’s a sample:
Unseen maws gaped to rip his mind from his body, to tear away his soul. He sprang each trap and ran on; what Ba’alzamon twisted to destroy him, he made right without being aware of how. Vaguely he knew that in some way he had brought things back into natural balance, forced them into line with his own dance down that impossibly thin divide between existence and nothingness, but that knowledge was distant.
Holy shit. What the fuck does that even mean? It’s like the final battle for each novel was written under the influence of mushrooms and DMT!
So let’s strip out all of that bullshit: Ba’alzamon keeps going pew pew pew at Rand with balefire. Rand wields Callandor, using it to deflect Ba’alzamon’s attacks and stab him through his chest. Done! Three books of build-up, and the big bad goes down like a mini-boss in Zelda.
Rand finds himself back in the real version of the Stone of Tear where Aiel and Defenders of the Stone are still fighting. To stop the fighting, he holds Callandor aloft and declares himself to be Rand al’Thor, the Dragon Reborn.
Posted on October 3, 2025
After meeting Juilin Sandar, Mat uses his fireworks to blow a hole in the Stone, and the two men fight their way toward the prison cells. Despite still being shielded, Egwene finds she can still visit the World of Dreams with her ter’angreal, so she goes on an out-of-body offensive.
Mat prowls the rooftops, staking out the Stone of Tear and looking for a way in. There’s a place where he could climb, but it looks treacherous. Mat’s train of thought is interrupted when visitors start showing up like someone sent a party invitation. First, Rhuarc’s group of Aiel are eager to help the Dragon conquer the Stone. Next, it’s Juilin Sandar, feeling guilty for his role in Liandrin’s plot. Mat insists he’s just there to rescue his friends.
The Aiel disappear, and Juilin suggests Mat pose as his prisoner to get them inside the Stone. This sounds like a better plan than risking a climb — if Juilin can be trusted. But first, remember that big bundle of fireworks Mat has? It isn’t going to set itself off! A wall abutting the Stone gets Mat near an arrow slit. He crams the bundle inside, lights the fuse, and hurries away. The deafening explosion punches him in the back and decks him. Through the smoke, Mat notices the arrow slit has been widened by the explosion.
Not completely trusting Juilin, Mat opts to wiggle through the hole and into the Stone. Soldiers swarm the room. It’s more than Mat can handle, but fortunately Juilin joins him and they fight their way toward the prison block.
Meanwhile, Egwene wakes up in a locked room. She is relieved to find Nynaeve and Elayne with her, but they’re still shielded from the True Source. Nynaeve confirms this with tug number twenty-seven on her braid. Fear not, Nynaeve! Egwene borrowed your Bag of Horrible ideas, and she has a plan: she’s going use her ter’angreal to dream her way out of this.
In the dream, Egwene goes to the Heart of the Stone. Joiya, one of the Black Ajah, is there. Egwene shields her from the True Source, then sets off to find the prison cells.
In his own dream, Perrin finds Faile in the Stone of Tear, shackled to a stone slab with more chains than Pee-Wee Herman used to secure his bike. The moment he shatters one of the chains, Faile fades away.
End scene.
What the fuck, Jordan? Was this even worth mentioning? Since I made the mistake of acknowledging it, can we also agree that it makes no sense for Faile to be wrapped in chains and in need of rescue? Both she and Perrin entered their dream the same way, so why does she play the damsel in distress while Perrin can run around looking for her?
Posted on October 3, 2025
Moiraine and Lan plan to hunt Be’lal. Faile falls victim to a trap that confines her to the World of Dreams, and Perrin goes in to rescue her.
MOIRAINE: Rand is in Tear.
PERRIN: Are you sure?
MOIRAINE: No, Perrin. I’ve miraculously found a way to lie despite my magically binding oath. Of course I’m fucking sure!
PERRIN: And what of Be’lal?
MOIRAINE: I’ll deal with him tonight.
LAN: We’ll deal with him.
MOIRAINE: Whatever.
FAILE: What about the rest of us?
MOIRAINE: You three are going back to Tar Valon on the next riverboat.
Faile runs ahead to fetch Loial. Perrin starts to follow her, hears a thump, and finds her lying unresponsive on the floor of their private dining room. Moiraine stops Perrin from entering the room — it’s a trap, meant for her and Lan. Turns out the dining room wasn’t as private as Moiraine requested: the dumbass innkeeper allowed two women to come in and leave a hedgehog figurine behind. It’s a ter’angreal, of course — one Corianin Nedeal studied in connection with the World of Dreams.
PERRIN: Can’t you do anything?
MOIRAINE: Sorry, I’ve got a Forsaken to hunt. Byeeeee.
Moiraine and Lan leave, and Loial comes to see what happened. Perrin asks him to stand guard, and he throws himself into the trap. Hopper is there in the dream, and soon Perrin is running on four paws himself. Normally this would terrify him, but all he cares about is finding Faile.
So — a man turning into a wolf to find a woman who fancies herself as a falcon. It’s almost like Robert Jordan is daring me to make more Ladyhawke jokes.
Posted on October 2, 2025
Mat takes Thom to Mother Guenna, where he learns of Nynaeve, Egwene, and Elayne being kidnapped. He sets off on his own to sneak into the Stone of Tear.
Mat may have dealt with Lord Comar, but finding him and then searching aimlessly for Nynaeve, Egwene, and Elayne has taken its toll, and Thom has developed a nasty cough. Against Thom’s protestations, Mat drags him to the nearest Wise Woman — Mother Guenna. She sets him up with a medicinal regimen that tastes as foul as it smells, and makes him drink a dose.
Guenna remarks on Mat’s accent being similar to some women she knew, and this lets him coax information out of her. He’s excited to learn it has been a mere three hours since the women were kidnapped and taken to the Stone of Tear. Thom is in no condition to sneak into a fortress, so Mat leaves him with Guenna. Perhaps with Mat’s legendary luck, the High Lords of Tear outsource security to the same guys as Morgase.
Posted on October 2, 2025
Having coerced Juilin into betrayal, Liandrin and the rest of the Black Ajah shield Nynaeve, Egwene, and Elayne from the True Source. Liandrin takes them to the Stone of Tear — Rand is pursuing Callandor, and she needs bait for a trap.
Nynaeve is buying meat from a butcher. She isn’t happy about the deal she’s getting, so she inflicts braid-tug number twenty-five on us. If I were the butcher, I would double the price just for that. On the way back to Guenna’s house, Nynaeve stews about how frustrating it has been waiting for Juilin to find something. Anything! The wait is eating her up inside, and the only thing left is to tug on the fucking braid again. That’s number twenty-six!
She runs into Juilin on the way back. Not only has he found Liandrin and her accomplices, but they are honored guests of the High Lord Samon in the Stone! She promises to explain everything to him, but when they arrive at Guenna’s house, Liandrin is already there. She and another Black Ajah shield Nynaeve from the True Source, and beat her to the floor with flows of Air. And there it is — that conflict of interest I was talking about. It’s not that Juilin wanted to double cross them, but they weren’t exactly straight about who they were asking him to find.
Liandrin loads Nynaeve, Elayne, and an unconscious Egwene into a coach and gleefully villain-splains that they’ll be used as bait — for Rand, I presume. And after that? Be’lal and thirteen Fades have a special ceremony to conduct that will turn them all to the shadow. Nynaeve and Elayne scream in horror, Liandrin and her companion cackle maniacally, and you can practically hear the music crescendo as we cut to our commercial break.
Posted on September 30, 2025
Perrin’s group arrives in Tear. While Moiraine does recon, Perrin partakes in blacksmith therapy, earning a hammer as a reward. Moiraine returns with news that High Lord Samon is actually Be’lal, one of the Forsaken.
Perrin arrives in Tear with Moiraine, Lan, Loial, and Faile. Lan leads them to an inn called the Star. It is sandwiched between a blacksmith’s shop and a cloth weaver’s.
The trip from Illian to Tear has presumably taken a few days. During that time, I’m sure Faile has had a chance to come to terms with the revelations about the Horn of Valere and the Dragon Reborn. Let’s see what’s on her mind:
FAILE: How are we supposed to sleep with all this noise?
Yes, the Forsaken are loose and the Last Battle is imminent, but let’s piss and moan about the neighbors making noise! Maybe we can annoy the Dark One to death.
Moiraine leaves with Lan to scout the city, telling the rest to stay close to the inn. That suits Perrin fine: he misses blacksmithing, so he heads next door and just — starts acting like he works there. He spends the day helping the proprietor make stuff. It’s purely for his own mental health, but at the end of the day he walks away with a hammer as a gift.
Perrin spaces out in his room until Lan interrupts. Moiraine is downstairs in the private dining room with matters to discuss.
PERRIN: I’m sick and tired of everyone calling me “blacksmith” and “farmboy!”
MOIRAINE: Shut up, Perrin.
FAILE: But you are a blacksmith, farmboy.
MOIRAINE: Be quiet! One of the Forsaken is in Tear. The High Lord Samon is Be’lal.
LOIAL: Ugh, I should have stayed in the stedding.
MOIRAINE: Fine. Go back to the stedding. I don’t care. But everyone, stop your fucking whining.
She goes on to say that even Be’lal cannot stand up to balefire… that she has learned things in the past year that make her “more dangerous” than when she came to Emond’s Field.
So what is Moiraine’s plan?
- Leave Perrin, Faile, and Loial at the inn.
- Enter the Stone of Tear.
- ???
- Save Rand!
Brilliant strategy! I can’t believe I hadn’t thought of that before. Looks like Moiraine has got it from here, everyone.
Posted on September 29, 2025
Nynaeve hires the thief-taker, Juilin, to find the thirteen Black Ajah. Mat finds Gaebril’s lackey and kills him, but learns there are others hunting his friends.
The thing about a bitch slap is that things get awkward afterward. The women sip their tea in uncomfortable silence until Mother Guenna returns with Juilin.
Nynaeve gives the descriptions of the thirteen women to the thief-taker, who is certain he can find them. She warns him that they are dangerous Darkfriends with a murderous history, but he seems unconcerned. Normally this would be reassuring, but here’s the rub: Juilin says the High Lords of Tear also have work for him. If Illian has Sammael and Caemlyn has Gaebril, who’s pulling strings in Tear? I smell a conflict of interest.
That night, they use the Dream ter’angreal again. Nynaeve jerks her braid (twenty-four tugs now, bitch!) as she and Elayne keep vigil. Egwene transports herself to the Stone of Tear and finds the thirteen Black Ajah sitting in a circle around Callandor. Liandrin turns to look directly at Egwene, startling her awake as a storm rolls in.
Thom and Mat arrive in Tear amid driving rain and thunder. Once lodging is secured, Mat insists on heading back out to search common rooms for Lord Comar. They are at the brink of exhaustion when Mat picks one more inn at random, and there he is. Comar is cheating people out of their money with a rigged set of dice.
Mat sits down for a throw, and he can feel his luck pulling at the Pattern, forcing the dice into a winning constellation despite the unfair weighting. Comar is stunned, and Mat warns him against messing with his friends. The encounter quickly escalates to violence, and Mat flips Comar onto a table, breaking the man’s back. With his dying breath, Comar says he isn’t the only one hunting the girls.
Mat decides his luck works best when applied to random situations, so his plan for finding the ladies? Wander Tear as his fancy takes him and hope for the best. It sounds like a horrible plan, but with Mat, dumb luck is the only strategy that ever works.
Posted on September 28, 2025
Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne arrive at Tear. They find lodging with a Wise Woman, Mother Guenna, who then runs off to fetch a thief-taker that can locate Liandrin.
Unless Egwene is exaggerating, the journey from Jurene to Tear has been one prolonged puke-fest, and the captain of the Darter is eager to be rid of the women. The crew unceremoniously dumps their horses’ tack onto the ground, eliciting braid tug number twenty-three from Nynaeve. Welcome to Tear.
Nynaeve confesses that she has no idea how to locate Liandrin. Elayne says a thief-taker — basically a Wheel of Time P.I. — would be ideal. Unfortunately, in Elayne’s experience, they usually work for lords, so there is no low-profile way to hire one. They’ll need a place to stay, but Nynaeve insists on avoiding inns. Liandrin and her friends will be watching those, she says. I don’t know if she’s right, but based on what Mat overheard, it’s a fair bet that someone nefarious is actively looking for them. Instead, Nynaeve leads the way to the nearest Wise Woman — Mother Guenna.
Nynaeve asks Mother Guenna for something to soothe their upset stomachs. With barely a pause, the two women begin talking shop, oblivious to the very real possibility that Egwene and Elayne could perish from sheer boredom. Ladies, I know exactly how you feel.
Nynaeve finally cuts to the chase and asks Guenna if she has a room to let, but Guenna insists on knowing their business in Tear. Practicing adherence to the Three Oaths, Nynaeve tells her they are chasing after murderers and thieves — Darkfriends — who stole from her mother. Then Mother Guenna just happens to know a thief-taker — Juilin Sandar — who is available for them. Guenna hurries out of the house to fetch Juilin.
Once she is gone, Egwene knows exactly what to say.
EGWENE: You are learning how to be Aes Sedai, Maryim. You manipulate people as well as Moiraine.
The room goes silent. Elayne walks right up to Egwene and slaps her in the face! Yes! Elayne, our hero! We’ve all been wanting to do that for two and a half books! Egwene reacts audaciously, forcing Elayne to explain what a five year old would have known.
ELAYNE: Careless talk costs lives, bitch.
Posted on September 28, 2025
Mat tells Thom and Master Gill about Gaebril’s complicity. Thom agrees to accompany Mat to Tear.
Mat dashes back to the Queen’s Blessing to tell Thom and Master Gill about Gaebril and his villainous plans. Since Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne are headed for Tear, he’ll need to follow them to stand a chance of helping. Thom volunteers to come with, and suggests they save time by taking the Erinin River south.
Master Gill is eager to find something he can do to help, and gets the idea to start a rumor about Gaebril that will make Morgase examine him closely when she hears it. Uh, hey, Master Gill, dude? Given the number of times you’ve assisted our heroes so far, I’d call it a minor miracle that the Queen’s Blessing hasn’t been torched to the ground yet. So unless you’ve got a really good insurance policy, perhaps you should reconsider.
Posted on September 28, 2025
Mat sneaks into the palace, discovers a plot to murder Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne, and delivers Elayne’s letter to Queen Morgase.
Mat unknowingly sneaks into the Palace the same way Rand did, but he gets extra points for style since he does it without a concussion. It’s astounding that Andoran royalty would have such lax security, and equally mind-blowing that they would employ guards who sleepwalk through their jobs. Mat is able to sneak around Metal Gear Solid-style. He doesn’t even need a cardboard box. You might say Mat has his supernatural luck to thank, but it’s easy to imagine a Gray Man slipping in just like him. It’s a miracle Queen Morgase is still alive.
As Mat skulks in the rosebushes near a palace window, he overhears a conversation between a man — Lord Comar — and a deep-voiced man he addresses as Great Master. They’re discussing the trip Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne are taking to Tear. Great Master talks of a man manipulating events in Tear, and he doesn’t want the Accepted to fall into this mystery man’s hands, so he orders their deaths. Yikes!
This gets Mat thinking that he has to play the hero and warn Morgase about the Evil Plot he just overheard, so he dispenses with the subterfuge. He shows Elayne’s letter to a guard named Tallanvor, and insists that he must give the letter to Morgase in person. Tallanvor reluctantly escorts Mat to a garden where Morgase sits with her new advisor, Gaebril.
Morgase is unmoved by the letter, but is impressed that Elayne has been raised to Accepted. Mat begins to speak about the plot he overheard, but Gaebril cuts him off with a command to be silent as he plucks the letter from Morgase’s hand. Mat’s mind reels from hearing Gaebril speak: he is the Great Master! And if you read closely, you can tell he’s manipulating Morgase with a compulsion weave.
Most people would be shitting their pants in this moment, but Mat is operating in full bullshit mode. He suavely introduces himself as Thom Grinwell from a village north of Baerlon. He had been in Tar Valon visiting his sister, Else, and wanted to see Caemlyn on his way home. He agreed to deliver the letter for Elayne, but he knows nothing about Elayne or what her plans were.
With that, Tallanvor escorts him out of the palace. As he walks back to the Queen’s Blessing, he reflects on a productive day. He has delivered the letter, discovered a conspiracy to murder his friends, and escaped from the man pulling the strings. Who ever said that a lifetime of lying and trickery doesn’t pay off?
Posted on September 27, 2025
Mat and Thom arrive in Caemlyn. At the Queen’s Blessing, Mat decides to sneak into the palace to deliver Elayne’s letter.
Mat and Thom ride into Caemlyn. Having been ill the last time he was here, Mat remembers little of the city. Thom wants to head straight to the Queen’s Blessing to recover from the trip, but Mat insists on heading straight for the palace to deliver the letter. He tries to smooth-talk the man in charge, but when he mentions bearing a letter from Tar Valon, they chase him off with accusations of being a Darkfriend.
At the Queen’s Blessing, Thom and Master Gill are in the library. Mat tells them what happened at the palace. The older men suggest it might have something to do with Morgase’s new advisor, Gaebril. Jesus, what is it with Morgase and men whose names begin with G? Gareth, Gawyn, Galad, and now Gaebril? I’m not saying this is an intentional act of mental sabotage, but it sure feels like one.
Mat decides that if his boyish charm can’t get him into the palace, he’ll just sneak in. Gill tells him he’d need crazy luck to pull it off, but Mat grabs the dice cup and calls his bluff. The dice all fall showing a single pip — the best throw or the worst, depending on the game. Before he can talk himself out of it, Mat heads back to the Palace.
Posted on September 26, 2025
Sammael has Illian in his grip, so Perrin’s group flees the city. Darkhounds pursue, but Moiraine decimates them with balefire. Then she decimates Faile’s dream of finding the Horn of Valere. Meanwhile, Mat and Thom are attacked by Darkfriends on their way to Caemlyn.
MOIRAINE: Sammael is here. He’s posing as Lord Brend. We’re leaving.
PERRIN: Why are all the Forsaken after me?! Rand is the bloody Dragon Reborn.
FAILE: … [mouth hanging open]
Well, Faile, that does it. It’s like you’ve fallen in with the mob and just learned the location of their secret hideout. Now you have to go with them, or they’ll slit your throat. Nothing personal, sweetheart.
The group rides out of Illian. A few miles out of town, the baying of Darkhounds begins to catch up with them. Lan says they’re impossible to outrun, so they find a hill and stand to face the pack. Perrin manages to kill one of them with some arrows, and Moiraine destroys the rest with balefire.
MOIRAINE: Hopefully Sammael didn’t notice that.
LOIAL: Let’s hurry. There might be more.
MOIRAINE: I don’t think so. We weren’t his main target, or he would have come himself.
PERRIN: Were they after Rand?
MOIRAINE: Perhaps. Or maybe Mat — he blew the Horn of Valere, after all.
Well, that about wraps up your hunt for the Horn, doesn’t it, Faile? In the space of an hour, you’ve learned that one of Perrin’s friends blew the Horn of Valere, and the other is the fucking messiah. Onward to Tear!
Mat and Thom are camped for the night in the wilderness between towns. Mat pokes and prods one of the fireworks like a child who got his hands on his parents’ lighter. It’s making Thom nervous, but the matter is soon forgotten when a well-dressed woman and several men ride into their camp. She asks for directions to the nearest inn, but in the next breath orders the men to kill. This feels an awful lot like the woman who tried to kill Mat and Rand in the stables in The Eye of the World.
Mat tosses the firework into the fire, sowing confusion, then springs into action. He and Thom go to work. When it is only the woman left standing, Mat starts to talk to her. Dude. She’s a fucking Darkfriend, and you’re trying to scold her? Did the White Tower teach you nothing about how deadly women can be? Fortunately, cooler heads prevail, and Thom has a knife in her throat before Mat can finish speaking.
As you can probably tell by now, Mat is my favorite character in the series. But this chapter was such a profound indulgence in dumbfuckery that I have to admit he lost points. Don’t kill her because she’s a woman? I expected better from you, Matrim Cauthon. Although I’m not sure why. I knew you were dumb, but not quite in that way. And he’s still deluding himself that the letter is the reason people are trying to kill him. With shit like this for brains, he’s going to need that amazing luck if he’s going to live long enough to see the Last Battle.
Posted on September 26, 2025
Lan discovers Darkhound tracks outside the inn. Moiraine returns with news that a Forsaken is meddling in Illian politics.
Lan asks how Perrin knew the Gray Men were there, and Perrin admits he could smell them. Outside the inn, they search for anything else lurking. Lan locates paw prints left in stone, which can only mean that a Darkhound had been there. Lan says they’re as deadly as Fades, only harder to kill. Don’t worry, guys, I’m sure Moiraine is just fine. On her own. With Darkhounds running around.
Lan has the same thought, so he tells the others to get some sleep while he runs off to find Moiraine. Perrin has another one of his stupid dreams, with Hopper sending him vague and useless warnings. My advice? Do yourself a favor and skip the whole fucking thing. He startles awake, and finds Faile watching him. Awkward flirtiness ensues.
Moiraine barges into the room, announcing that Perrin’s dream intel was right:
MOIRAINE: The Forsaken are loose, and one of them rules in Illian.
My dear Moiraine — I hate to be a pedantic asshole, but let’s review what we know. At the end of The Eye of the World, you personally met two of the Forsaken, Aginor and Balthamel. Maybe you suffered memory loss when Aginor beat your ass, but the point is, the Forsaken getting loose is an established fact. It has been for almost two fucking books. Don’t act so shocked that others have escaped and are meddling in world politics.
Posted on September 25, 2025
Perrin’s group makes its way to an inn called Easing the Badger. Perrin survives an assassination attempt from six Gray Men. Moiraine departs on a private mission.
An uneasy feeling descends on the group as they ride through Illian. Moiraine leads them to an inn called Easing the Badger. The proprietress is well acquainted with Moiraine: or at least, with one of her aliases.
The group sits down for dinner in the common room. They listen to a woman sing bawdy songs that make Perrin’s cheeks turn red. Then, not for the first time in their journey, Perrin senses a feeling of “wrongness.” He’s puzzled at first, but suddenly realizes that six Gray Men are crossing the room, knives out and intent on killing him. The fight lasts heartbeats, leaving the would-be assassins dead.
Gosh, after a close call like that, we should all stick together and watch each other’s backs, right?
MOIRAINE: I’m headed out. I’ll see y’all later. Unless I don’t, in which case have fun with Myrelle, Lan!
With that, Moiraine is out the door and away on some private mission. Will she tell anyone about it? Fuck no! “Your puny mind would not even understand it” is probably what she would say if you dared to ask. So what is it, Moiraine? I hope you’re going to see your psychotherapist, because for the last two books, you’ve been showing all the classic signs of being a narcissist.
Posted on September 25, 2025
Perrin’s group arrives at Illian, and Faile insists on coming with them.
The Snow Goose docks in Illian on a stifling, muggy morning. And yet, Moiraine’s demeanor is frigid enough that you would almost expect it to lower the temperature. What ever happened to “what will be will be” and “the Wheel weaves as the Wheel wills?” Perhaps some readers objected when I suggested it was that time of the month, but if this seismic shift in attitude isn’t hormonal, go ahead and suggest a better explanation.
But perhaps, under all those layers of ice, Moiraine does still remember that the Wheel weaves as the Wheel wills. Since Faile showed up in Min’s visions, Moiraine allows her to accompany them after swearing to be loyal and not ask any questions. Translation: obey and shut the fuck up.
Oh, and also:
MOIRAINE: Perrin, since you brought her to us, she’s your responsibility.
She sounds exactly like a parent whose child brought home a stray dog and said, “Hey Mom, can we keep her?” Perrin is indignant, arguing that he didn’t ask Faile to come along. But you know what, Wolf Boy? Methinks thou doth protest too much.
Perrin pulls his new girlfriend onto the saddle behind him. I’ll bet he fancies he’s wearing one of those jackets that says, “If you can read this, the bitch fell off.” The group sets out to explore Illian.
Posted on September 24, 2025
At Aringill, Mat and Thom find horses and a hayloft to sleep in. Mat rescues an Illuminator, and in thanks she gives him a set of fireworks.
The Gray Gull finally pulls into Aringill, much to Captain Mallia’s relief. The riverboat captain seems indifferent to Thom, but glad to be rid of Mat. The gambler has filled more purses by relieving the captain of his coin, and the ship needs to restock their pantry on account of his ravenous appetite.
Mat seems to think that people are trying to kill him because of the letter he bears from Elayne to Queen Morgase, so he opens it. Finding nothing of consequence, he’s left scratching his head. Why would anyone want to kill me? I’m such a lovable guy. Yes, dude, you are — but remember that time the Amyrlin said the Horn of Valere wouldn’t work for anyone else until you’re dead?!? Gosh, I don’t know — could that maybe have something to do with it?
The Aringill docks are a crowded mess of refugees who have been streaming across the border from Cairhien. Mat and Thom have to visit five inns before finding one where they can finagle their way into sleeping in the stable’s hayloft. They bed down for the night, but a woman enters the stables pulling a cart; a man and his companions arrive shortly thereafter.
The woman’s name is Aludra, and she is being pursued by Tammuz. They weren’t worth mentioning at the time, but we saw these characters in The Great Hunt when Rand wandered into the Illuminators’ compound outside Cairhien and lit the whole fucking place on fire. Aludra took the blame for it, so she was expelled from the guild. Illuminators are known to resort to murder to protect their secrets, and Tammuz means to ensure she doesn’t see another sunrise.
Mat leaps from the hayloft and lays out Tammuz and his goons. In thanks, Aludra gives Mat a roll of fireworks and quickly moves on. Mat and Thom do the same, taking to the horses they bought from the innkeeper.
Well — that was unexpected and slightly awkward to see those characters pop up again, but this chapter clearly has a goal: put a huge bundle of fireworks into the hands of the series’ biggest prankster. You know what this means, right? Stay tuned, because Mat is definitely gonna blow some shit up!
Posted on September 24, 2025
Darkfriends kidnap Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne immediately after they part ways with the Maidens of the Spear. The Aiel come to the rescue, and the next morning finds our heroes on another boat headed south down the Erinin.
It’s a good thing that Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne are naturally strong channelers, because otherwise they would all be long dead or worse. First they got sold into slavery, then a Gray Man tried to assassinate them. And now? Barely five minutes after parting company with the Aiel, they get whacked over the head and kidnapped by a band of Darkfriends. Nice job, ladies. You’re handling this trip to Tear with all the subtlety of a bull in a china shop.
Lucky for them, their captors are in no way as sophisticated as the Seanchan. What is their brilliant plan for keeping the women from channeling? Knock them unconscious and slip them a roofie based on something one of the goons heard from his grandma. I wish I were making this shit up. They’re so sure of grandma’s herbal remedy that they just throw the women in a closet and lock the door. The Dark One’s henchmen all seem to conduct their nefarious business with the forethought and sophistication of a five-year-old.
The roofie wears off much faster than the Darkfriends expected, so the women are awake and plotting their escape by the time a group of Fades shows up to take custody. But before they can act, Aiel warriors burst into the room and kill all of the Darkfriends, then Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne emerge from the closet and kill the Fades. With the battle done, they meet Rhuarc, clan chief of the Taardad Aiel. With an Aiel escort, they finally make it to the the town of Jurene.
Looking at a map, they haven’t even made it halfway to Tear. If there were a Waygate anywhere nearby, I would say they stand a better chance of reaching Tear by taking their chances with Machin Shin.
Posted on September 23, 2025
Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve encounter an Aiel woman named Aviendha. She has an injured companion, whom Nynaeve Heals.
The unexpected visitor is an Aiel woman who introduces herself as Aviendha. She is accompanied by other Maidens of the Spear, probably searching for He Who Comes With the Dawn, like all the other Aiel who crossed the Spine. Far from being a threat to Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve, Aviendha begs for their help to Heal an injured Maiden. Without waiting for anyone else’s input, Nynaeve promises to attempt Healing.
As they walk to the injured woman, they learn about Aiel women. Bain, one of Aviendha’s companions, asks if Elayne and Egwene are first-sisters. This leads to a detailed explanation of how Aiel women can become sisters through ceremony, and she calls special attention to the fact that first-sisters “guard each other’s backs” and won’t “let a man come to her without the other.” In other words, every sisterhood is just a threesome waiting to happen. Careful, Bain — keep talking about Aiel sexy times, and you’re going to make our heroic ladies from conservative Andor faint before they can Heal your friend.
When they arrive at the injured Aiel woman, Nynaeve is the only one who can possibly do it, as she has a photographic memory when it comes to channeling. So she works herself into a frenzy of anger over how senseless the injury was, and Heals the wound effortlessly once she is able to touch saidar.
Posted on September 23, 2025
The boat carrying Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve gets stuck in a mud flat, so they continue the journey south on foot.
Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve are aboard the Blue Crane. Like Mat, they have taken passage down the Erinin. The captain believes all three of them are Aes Sedai, and they don’t bother to correct him. Cairhien lies on one side of the river, and the frequent fires dotting the land lend credence to rumors of the civil war. All three women have tried the Dream ter’angreal, but no revelations have been forthcoming.

Twenty-two violations.
The boat has an idiot at the tiller who runs the hull into a mud flat, jarring the vessel to a sudden stop. Nynaeve tugs and jerks her braid in the same paragraph, and per the rules, that brings the braid violation count to twenty-two. When it becomes evident that the Blue Crane is not going anywhere, Nynaeve insists that they debark on the Cairhien side and walk downriver to an Andor-held town a few miles away. The boat is scarcely out of sight before a person pops out of the bushes in front of them.
Posted on September 23, 2025
Perrin witnesses an Evil Meeting in his dreams and learns that Lanfear is free. Moiraine seems unconcerned. Rand is still headed for Tear, shooting first and asking questions later.
Thanks to his dream situation, Perrin has not had a decent night’s rest in days. He finds a cabin on the Snow Goose and convinces himself it’s safe to dream now that he’s moving downriver, outpacing the wolves. It’s shit logic, but I wouldn’t be doing much better if I were operating on minimal sleep.
Perrin drifts into Tel’aran’rhiod and finds himself in a dense fog. Hopper is there, explaining to Perrin that all wolves — past, present, and future — inhabit the World of Dreams. Ba’alzamon is using dreams to host his Omniscient Council of Vagueness. He castigates a man from Tar Valon for allowing Mat to escape, and lets out a classic villain laugh as he makes an example of the man.
The rest of the Darkfriends disappear as they wake up, the woman in white appears. Perrin has seen her before in a dream, but this time he learns her name — Lanfear — and he immediately starts shitting his pants because he knows she is one of the Forsaken. Lanfear claims ownership over Tel’aran’rhiod, and the best retort Ba’alzamon can manage is to question her loyalty to the Great Lord of the Dark. After a pathetic pissing match, they wink out of existence.
Hopper leads Perrin to Rand, where the dream shows Shadowspawn attacking Rand from all angles. When Rand points his attack in Perrin’s direction, Perrin wakes up with a burn mark on his chest.
Perrin decides to tell Moiraine about the dream, and she is a total bitch about it.
PERRIN: So that’s what happened, Moiraine. The wolves are in my dreams, Lanfear is loose, and Rand is in danger.
MOIRAINE: I see.
PERRIN: Aren’t you going to do something about it?
MOIRAINE: Don’t question me, boy. You wouldn’t understand the answers if I gave them to you.
PERRIN: Will you at least Heal my wound?
MOIRAINE: Nope! Let it remind you to be careful.
What an ice-queen bitch. Is she on her period? If I were Perrin, I would regret the decision to confide in her.
Meanwhile, at Rand’s campsite, a woman dressed as a merchant arrives. Ten guards accompany her. Rand suddenly conjures a sword made from the One Power and decapitates her, then dispatches her crew. Holy shit! I guess he sensed she was a Darkfriend sent to murder him, and carefully reading the text suggests he was right. But are we supposed to believe he’s never wrong? Come on, Mr. Jordan — fair is fair! Let’s see the scene where Rand murders a band of Tuatha’an because he thought they were Darkfriends in disguise.
Posted on September 22, 2025
Since Perrin can’t keep his fucking axe in his belt, Lan has to rouse everyone from the inn and onto a river boat. A woman with an unhealthy interest in Perrin also boards the boat and introduces herself as Faile, a Hunter for the Horn.
Meanwhile, in Moiraine’s room, the sounds of battle and men dying drift in through the open window.
MOIRAINE: What the hell was that?
LAN: The blacksmith. He’s freed the Aielman and they killed a dozen Whitecloaks.
MOIRAINE: Ten minutes, Lan. We’ve been in this town for ten fucking minutes. I can’t take this boy anywhere.
With patience that would impress the Dalai Lama, Lan runs out to Perrin, ordering him to head for the stables. Everyone makes their way to the docks and they board the Snow Goose, a ship headed downriver.
The woman from the inn also hops aboard and pays for passage. She introduces herself as Faile, a Hunter for the Horn, and she has a feeling that following them will be good for her quest. She chats with Perrin, saying he intrigued her because he’s the only one in the group she can’t figure out. Perrin, meanwhile, can only obsess over the proportions of Faile’s nose and mouth. Honestly, it’s starting to get a little creepy. Maybe we all do this instinctively, but life pro tip: when you start writing it down on paper, it becomes TMI. What’s next, are we going to start hearing his unfiltered opinion about the size of Faile’s tits?
Posted on September 19, 2025
Perrin can’t sleep, so he walks in on Moiraine changing and finally sees a naked woman. He goes outside, frees the Aielman, and they kill the Whitecloaks who discover them.
The innkeeper shows everyone to their rooms. Perrin sits in his room and overthinks shit. There was a woman in the common room who looked at me. She looked at me! Why me? And that Aielman in the cage — it isn’t right, and I didn’t even try to help. I’m a horrible person. And the award for Most Insecure Character goes to… Perrin Aybara! Congratulations, dude!
Perrin heads over to Moiraine’s room to inflict his obsessive thought patterns on someone else. Opening the door, he gets an eyeful of Moiraine’s birthday suit peeking out of the open front of her robe. He goes beet-red in the face and stammers out an apology. Perrin asks a bunch of stupid questions and leaves, trying to convince himself that he didn’t just think about putting the moves on Moiraine. This guy really needs to get laid.
Outside, the town square is dark and deserted. Maybe Perrin can’t do anything about his woman problems, but he can do something about the Aiel. He frees the man, who does not immediately run away. Let me say that another way. He introduces himself as Gaul, then sticks around to chat, in the dark, right next to the cage. Oh yes. No rush! Gaul says he’s looking for He Who Comes With The Dawn, just like Urine was. Perrin tells him that he’s looking for the same man, and that he knows Rand is bound for Tear. Gaul starts yapping about prophecy, when suddenly a group of Whitecloaks surround them. Before he knows it, corpses litter the ground, and Perrin is definitely responsible for one or two of them.
Perrin realizes the woman from the common room saw the whole thing, but she scurries off when Lan arrives at a run.
Posted on September 18, 2025
Perrin and the gang follow Rand’s destructive wake, finding a caged Aielman and a bunch of idiots who think this is a good idea.
Perrin, Loial, Moiraine, and Lan continue to track Rand. His trail passes through several towns where strange things have happened, both good and bad. Wells have gone dry in one place and come back to life in another. An entire town burned to the ground. In another, the townspeople literally struck gold while digging themselves a new shithole. Ladies and gentlemen, this is the poetry of the Pattern when the Dragon Reborn comes rolling through.
At the town of Remen, a man trapped in a cage hangs from a gibbet, evoking memories of Madmartigan from Willow. The group heads straight to the inn rather than striking up a conversation. Which is a pity, because it would have been funny to hear him taunt Perrin and call him a meathead.
The men in the common room say that Hunters for the Horn of Valere came through town just as a band of Aiel did. A skirmish ensued, and the Aielman wound up in the cage. I just have one question: what were they thinking?!? No, actually I have another: how do they think this is going to end? This dude’s friends are still out there, and you hang him up in the middle of town like a lawn ornament? Why don’t you just go kidnap some bear cubs and wait for their mother to come looking for them?
Posted on September 17, 2025
Mat and Thom board a vessel headed downriver and survive an assassination attempt.
Dear Robert Jordan:
I get it — you feel guilty about throwing Mat into a cocoon back in The Eye of the World and leaving him on ice for two books. I would feel the same way. I just wanted to let you know that this whole thing with Mat turning into a badass? It’s working. More please.
At the docks, Mat uses the letter from the Amyrlin Seat to Jedi-mind-trick the dockmaster into letting him leave. He’s so eager to be away from Tar Valon that he makes a running leap onto the nearest departing vessel, forcing Thom to scramble after him.
Captain Mallia is not happy about picking up two additional passengers aboard the Gray Gull. He’s ready to have his goons throw them overboard, but Mat puts his golden coins — and his golden tongue — to work. Soon it is a done deal that he and Thom will stay in the captain’s cabin and eat the captain’s food. Mallia takes the ostentatious display of wealth to mean Mat is a young Lord in disguise, no matter how much Mat might deny it. Which is funny, because it’s exactly the sort of thing he was giving Rand shit about during The Great Hunt.
In the night, the footpads from the city board the boat, intent on murdering Mat. He and Thom manage to dispatch most of them, and the rest jump overboard. Their identity and motive remain a mystery. Maybe they’re Darkfriends trying to assassinate Mat because he’s linked to the Horn of Valere? I really don’t know — I’m just throwing shit at the wall and seeing what sticks.
Posted on September 17, 2025
Mat reunites with Thom, who is still mourning Dena’s death.
Thom Merrilin stands on a table in the inn’s common room, playing his harp and reciting a story. We haven’t seen him since Dena died in The Great Hunt, and it’s clear from his drunken stumbling that he has not been taking it well. Thom makes his way across the common room with difficulty, and Mat immediately regrets ordering a glass of wine for his old friend.
Mat suggests they get something to eat, and says the funniest line of the whole series thus far:
MAT: Don’t I smell chicken roasting? Bring me three or four. Do you want something to eat, too, Thom?
Hah! Mat and his bottomless stomach. Also, is this some sort of reference to Blues Brothers? Because Mat just ordered the Wheel of Time equivalent of “four fried chickens and a Coke.”
It’s well-known that Thom hates Aes Sedai for gentling his nephew, so when Mat asks why Thom is here, the answer is simple: self-punishment. He understandably blames himself for what happened to Dena, and what could be a more fitting penance than surrounding himself with Aes Sedai? He muses that the only place worse would be Caemlyn, and as luck would have it, that is precisely where Mat is headed. Looks like you just got a traveling companion, Mr. Cauthon. Hopefully this time you won’t have to use him as bait!
Posted on September 17, 2025
Mat goes gambling in Tar Valon and discovers that he has supernaturally good luck. After filling two purses, his lucky streak continues as he escapes from a gang of thieves.
Mat wastes no time in preparing his escape from Tar Valon. He still has a supernaturally ravenous appetite, but luckily the White Tower is treating him to an all-you-can-eat buffet. Mat abuses the hospitality, filling a bag with food for his travels. Anaiya Sedai visits to check on his health, and he assures her he has no intention of trying to leave the city. But even as the door closes behind her and he’s wiping the smile off his face, Mat gathers his belongings together and heads into the city. Remember when I said 1980s Matthew Broderick would be the perfect casting choice for Mat? This is why. Skipping school, escaping from Tar Valon — same difference.
The common room of a randomly selected inn is Mat’s first stop. Just to add a few coins to his purse, he tells himself. But then the luck comes, and it’s less of a gentle nudge and more of a cosmic two-by-four in the face. Roll after roll of the dice, it all goes his way. If something like this happened to you, would you stop playing? Neither would I! Mat has to move on to other common rooms to keep suspicions low, but after a while he has a shit-ton of money.
Mat snaps out of his gambling bender and heads for the docks to find a ship out of Tar Valon. He figures the streak of luck is either from the Shadar Logoth dagger or from the Healing he got from the Aes Sedai — and he can’t decide which would be worse. En route, some footpads start following him, and Mat manages to elude them. He climbs up to the rooftops and continues making his way to the docks. One of the more enterprising footpads pursues and gets the drop on him. After a brief struggle, Mat gambles one more time — with his own life — and catapults himself and his assailant over a railing. Mat survives without a scratch, the impact cushioned by the footpad’s body, whose dagger lodged itself in his own heart during the fall.
Shaken by the encounter, Mat heads to the nearest inn — The Woman of Tanchico.
Posted on September 17, 2025
The Amyrlin discovers the plan to travel to Tear and flabbergastingly encourages it.
The next morning, Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne are at work in the kitchens as usual. Ironically, scrubbing pots is part of their punishment for leaving Tar Valon without permission, and here they are planning to fucking do it again. Today!
Siuan storms into the kitchen. She frightens the kitchen staff and sends Egwene and Elayne away so she can speak to Nynaeve in private.
NYNAEVE: Else delivered your message. We found the items in the storeroom.
SIUAN: Else was sent home ten days ago, and I don’t know what you found, but we went through the traitors’ possessions a long time ago, and burned the rest.
NYNAEVE: Gosh, that is shocking new information that suggests someone is trying to manipulate us into going to Tear.
SIUAN: And what do you mean to do about it?
NYNAEVE: Go there and walk right into whatever trap they set?
SIUAN: Sounds good! I’ll give you some gold for the journey.
Oh, great. Now the Amyrlin is actively encouraging bad decisions. What’s next on the agenda, Siuan? Invite the Seanchan over for tea?
Posted on September 16, 2025
Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne use one of the letters from the Amyrlin Seat to persuade Mat to deliver a letter from Elayne to Queen Morgase, explaining her impending absence from Tar Valon.
As Mat sits in his room tucking into another hefty meal, Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne walk in like they own the place. They try to butter him up with talk about how much better he looks, but he sees right through it. They want him to carry a letter to Queen Morgase to avoid another political incident when Elayne turns up missing from Tar Valon. They try asking nicely. They try appealing to his desire to see the world. Nynaeve gives her braid a good jerk (that’s twenty-one now!). Elayne even tries to command Mat to carry the letter “as a loyal subject of Andor,” and his reply is an amused snicker. Ah, it’s good to have the old Mat back.
Mat explains that he would love to carry Elayne’s letter, but the guards have orders to keep him from leaving the city. The women huddle together briefly, then give him one of the letters the Amyrlin presented to Nynaeve and Egwene. And just like that, Mat gets a spring in his step and starts planning his trip to Caemlyn.
Posted on September 16, 2025
Egwene uses the Dream ter’angreal and visits the Heart of the Stone of Tear in Tel’aran’rhiod. Afterward, they make plans to leave Tar Valon without permission and hunt the Black Ajah in Tear.
I can’t fault you if you’re groaning. This chapter isn’t particularly short, and if it’s going to be all about the World of Dreams, you’d be right to steel yourself for large quantities of fluffy bullshit wrapped in the guise of symbolism.

Twenty flipping, flapping, paddle-whacking braid-tugs! This woman needs to be institutionalized.
We begin with Nynaeve bringing the braid-tug violations to a solid twenty. Yes, twenty! We’re not even halfway through the fucking book, and I already want to hold this bitch down and chop off her hair. This is not an auspicious beginning.
Egwene falls asleep wearing the Dream ter’angreal. First she visits Perrin, who appears to be sedated and chained in the common room of an inn. Hopper is there with him, and Egwene narrowly escapes the wolf’s attack. Then she is out in the wilderness, approaching Rand’s campfire. Rand has endured so many dream attacks from Ba’alzamon that he assumes Egwene is yet another phantasm, so he chases her away.
Then Egwene is in the Heart of the Stone of Tear where Callandor floats. She meets an ugly old woman who calls herself Silvie. They talk a bit about the sword, and the role it will play in the Dragon Reborn’s rise to power. Silvie seems to know an awful lot, and there’s no good reason for her to be in that place talking about the Dragon, so my money is on her being yet another one of Lanfear’s disguises. Before Egwene can probe further, footsteps approach and Egwene wakes up.

Quick, Nynaeve, get your bag out.
NYNAEVE: Let’s review what we’ve learned. First, there was basically a big neon sign in the basement of the library pointing toward Tear.
EGWENE: Yup.
NYNAEVE: Second, Egwene went to the Heart of the Stone of Tear in her dream.
ELAYNE: Yup.
NYNAEVE: Third, there’s a picture of Rand in the Heart of the Stone of Tear reaching for Callandor on the cover of this book.
EGWENE & ELAYNE: …uh?
NYNAEVE: It’s road trip time, ladies. We’re going to Tear!
EGWENE: Didn’t the Amyrlin want us to hunt the Black Ajah inside the White Tower? And didn’t we get in a ton of trouble for leaving without permission before?
NYNAEVE: Who cares? We’re ta’veren, we’ll wing it!
Posted on September 16, 2025
Nynaeve, Egwene, and Elayne head directly to where Else indicated, and they find evidence Liandrin and her accomplices went to Tear.
NYNAEVE: Let’s go to the storeroom Else was talking about!
EGWENE: Yeah! Never mind that the Amyrlin Seat wouldn’t trust an airhead like Else with secrets. Let’s just go there without checking with her first.
ELAYNE: Could this be a trap?
ALL THREE: …nah!
None of them so much as hesitates to go where Else described, and they find the door chained shut. Nynaeve decides to work herself into a fury over this being the only locked door they’ve come across. It’s childish, but she can’t channel any other way. Meanwhile, Egwene works some magical manipulation of the metal, weakening it. When Nynaeve attacks it with a glowing magical crowbar, it snaps like a twig and sends her onto her ass. These two work well together — Egwene in the role of Laurel, Nynaeve in the role of Hardy.
Opening the door, the women find thirteen bags of items. Nearly every one contains some kind of clue pointing in the direction of Tear. Travel plans, ship schedules, details about the fortress in Tear, you name it. It’s all too neat. Are they being baited? There’s no way to know, but it reads like a bullhorn shouting, “Bye, fuckers! We’re going to Tear!”
Posted on September 15, 2025
Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne discuss how to investigate the Black Ajah. Else delivers a message from the Amyrlin Seat telling them where to find the items Liandrin and her companions left behind.
Egwene is hanging out with Elayne and Nynaeve. They’re pissing away time complaining about the enormity of their task and how little useful information they’ve been given. If these three spent half as much time investigating as they do bellyaching, the Black Ajah would be eradicated by now. Despite the negativity in the room, Elayne does manage to make a good point: the distribution of the thirteen traitors is so uniform, they must have been selected from a larger pool of Black Ajah.
After talking about the women themselves, the conversation turns to the list of stolen ter’angreal. A good many of them were last studied by Corianin Nedeal — the same woman who studied the Dream ter’angreal. One of these is described as:
A rod of clear crystal, smooth and perfectly clear, one foot long and one inch in diameter. Use unknown.
Use unknown? This artifact sounds like it came right out of an adult novelty store. I think Corianin knew perfectly well how to use this one.
Later, the women discuss the possibility that Elaida or Sheriam could be Black Ajah:
ELAYNE: I have never been able to like Elaida, but I cannot truly believe she is Black Ajah. And Sheriam? It’s impossible.
Oh ho, impossible? Why? Because she’s the Mistress of Novices? Apparently nobody ever told you about this little incident in Kandor twenty years ago. The Mistress of Novices turned out to be Black Ajah and used the Power to throw members of the royal family off a fucking bridge. So don’t try to tell me that Sheriam can’t be Black Ajah.

Eighteen braid tugs and counting.
During the course of this conversation, Nynaeve commits two and a half braid tugging infractions, bringing our running total to eighteen. Just to prove I’m not crazy, I went back to books one and two. The Eye of the World has her pulling on that braid only once. The Great Hunt? Zero! The Dragon Reborn has already outpaced the first two books combined many times over, and we’re not even halfway done. Someone needs to have an intervention.
In the end, the best lead the three can come up with is to experiment with the Dream ter’angreal, because of its tenuous connection to the stolen artifacts. As they argue about who is going to use it, Else shows up bearing a message from the Amyrlin Seat: the belongings Liandrin and the others left behind are in a storage room under the library. Else leaves quickly, leaving everyone stunned that a blabbermouth like her would be entrusted with a message about Liandrin. Egwene chases after her, but instead runs into a mystery woman who sounds a lot like Lanfear. Egwene tries to ask about Else, but the moment she looks away, she finds herself standing alone.
Posted on September 14, 2025
Mat explores the White Tower’s grounds and bests both Gawyn and Galad in combat.

Matthew Broderick as Phillip Gaston in Ladyhawke
Mat rises with the sun. He’s feeling much better already, and is more determined than ever that he’s going to find a way to escape Tar Valon. And boy, is Mat back. The real Mat, the roguish gentleman I likened to Ferris Bueller and Felipe Gaston from Ladyhawke back in The Eye of the World. He dresses and eats breakfast, then saunters through the grounds of the White Tower to look for a means of escape.
Mat cozies up to a bridge guard and asks about conditions outside of Tar Valon. The guard responds with perfunctory answers and informs him that he’ll not be using any of the bridges. The guard knows Mat by name, and so do all of the other bridge guards. It looks like the Amyrlin Seat is serious about keeping him from leaving the city.
Next he comes upon Else, the girl he and Rand met at the Grinwell farm on the way to Caemlyn. She had been more interested in Rand, but her cold reaction to seeing him is still completely out-of-character. She hurries away. You would almost say it’s as though someone else was wearing her likeness as a disguise. Lanfear, I’m looking at you, bitch.
Finally, Mat arrives at the practice yard where Warders are training young men at the sword. Gawyn and Galad recognize him as Rand’s friend. They start chatting, and it isn’t long before Mat impulsively bets them he can beat them both in combat — he with a quarterstaff, they with practice swords. With the gauntness still evident in Mat’s face, they’re reluctant to accept, but he goads them into it. Whether it’s his trademark good luck, or if he really is that good with a quarterstaff, he bests both men in combat.
Wow, where in the world did that come from? Mat just returned from death’s door, and now he beats men who have been training with Warders? This is why he’s such a fun character. Rand and Perrin spend all of their time brooding and whining, but Mat takes this ta’veren business by the horns and exploits it in full.
Posted on September 13, 2025
Egwene is raised to Accepted.
Back in the testing chamber, everyone is shitting bricks trying to figure out what went wrong with the testing ter’angreal. It took twice as many Aes Sedai to control as usual, and seemed on the brink of a meltdown. Alanna says she only saw anything like it when they tried to use two ter’angreal in the same room. When she hears this, Egwene immediately realizes that she caused the incident by bringing the Dream ter’angreal to the testing chamber. But she keeps quiet, like a kid who poured bubble bath into a fountain and then acts as shocked as everyone else when it foams over.
Posted on September 13, 2025
Egwene’s test to become Accepted is predictably Rand-themed.
Egwene runs into Sheriam immediately after leaving Verin. It’s time for her to take the test to become Accepted. She has no way to divest herself of the papers or the ter’angreal, so she reluctantly carries them with her. Alanna — one of the Aes Sedai operating the testing ter’angreal — reports a resonance that has never been present before. But it quickly disappears, so they proceed with the test.
We already covered Nynaeve’s test to become Accepted in The Great Hunt, Chapter 23: The Testing. Now it’s Egwene’s turn. She will have to face her greatest fears about the past, present, and future. Each and every scenario is about — yes, you guessed it — Rand al’Thor.
Inside the first arch, Egwene is in one of those alternate realities where none of them ever left Emond’s Field. Yes, news trickles in now and then about the world going to shit around them, but they’re happy to make believe that it will never affect their neck of the woods. Egwene is training to become Wisdom, and she’s good at it. She’s married to Rand, and they’ve started a family. Everything is perfect… except for those headaches Rand gets, and the weird lightning strikes and earthquakes that seem to come in lockstep. Egwene has to step back through the arch and leave Rand behind when he is having a particularly bad headache.
In the second arch, another alternate reality is waiting. Caemlyn has fallen to a Trolloc invasion. Rand is inside the palace, pinned under too much rubble for Egwene to move safely. Rand could free himself, but he’ll lose himself to the madness if he does. He asks her to kill him before the Dreadlords can turn him to the Shadow, but she refuses, and has to step back through the arch as his agonized screams chase after her.
Before entering the third arch, Egwene asks Sheriam if it’s true that channelers can be forcibly turned to the shadow. She admits that it is: thirteen Dreadlords have to weave flows through thirteen Fades to force the change. Egwene realizes that this is the exact number of Black Ajah who left the Tower.
In the third arch, a dystopian future plays out. Egwene is the Amyrlin Seat, and she’s Green Ajah. But Rand has been captured, and is brought before the Hall of the Tower to face judgment. Elaida calls for Rand to be gentled, but Egwene refuses to do it, so Elaida stages a coup and becomes the new Amyrlin Seat by force. In the end, she has to choose between saving Rand and going back through the arch. The plot must go on, so back through the arch it is.
Posted on September 13, 2025
Verin gives Egwene notes on Liandrin and her accomplices, and a ter’angreal that helps the user enter the World of Dreams.
Egwene goes to see Verin after receiving a summons. She navigates the passages near the library, noting the accumulation of dust on every surface, even the tapestries. The Brown sisters seem to wear this layer of grime like a badge of honor showing that they’re too busy to bother with such things, but to me it just sounds gross. I’ll bet their personal hygiene is terrible.
Verin gives Egwene a packet of papers containing information on Liandrin and the twelve women who fled the Tower with her, as well as details about the ter’angreal they stole. Verin doubts it will be useful, but she knows of Egwene and Nynaeve’s mission, she passes it on anyway.
Verin also gives Egwene something else — a ter’angreal that was used by Corianin Nedeal. She was an Aes Sedai who lived over 400 years ago, and was the last to have the Talent of Dreaming — foretelling the future through dreams. Some in the Tower suspect Egwene is a Dreamer because of the dreams she has had. Verin wants Egwene to have the ter’angreal because it “eases the passage to Tel’aran’rhiod,” but warns her to be cautious — she tried using it herself some years ago, and ended up with a nasty scar to prove it.
After Verin sends Egwene on her way, we learn that she has notes from Corianin about the ter’angreal, and held them back from Egwene on purpose! That’s like handing the keys to a motorcycle to a sixteen-year-old, purposely withholding the instruction manual, and then saying, “Let’s see if you can figure out how to work this thing!”
Posted on September 13, 2025
Selene visits Mat with her usual talk about glory. The Amyrlin visits Mat and tells him he is linked to the Horn. Feeling cornered by people who want to use him, Mat only wants to escape.
The door opens and in walks Selene. Mat doesn’t recognize her, but she seems to know an awful lot about him. She warns him that the Aes Sedai are not to be trusted — that they’ll use him until they kill him. But if only Mat will trust Selene, he’ll achieve glory. Mat is as stunned by Selene’s beauty as any other man, but he still has the sense to ask why he should trust her. She claims the Aes Sedai are keeping things from him. Moiraine is chasing after Rand as he runs away. The Black Ajah infest the White Tower. Mat and Rand’s fathers traveled to the White Tower, only to be sent back to the Two Rivers. Did the Aes Sedai tell him any of those things? Selene starts to do something to him with the One Power, but abruptly stops and leaves when she senses someone else approaching.
Moments later, the Amyrlin Seat enters the room. She quickly shuts down Mat’s talk about leaving Tar Valon. Mat has more sense than to start talking about Selene, but he does confirm some of her claims. His father did come to the Tower, the Amyrlin admits, but he went back to Emond’s Field since nobody knew where Mat was. The Amyrlin also lets him know that he is now linked to the Horn of Valere, so if anyone else wants to use it — Darkfriends included — they’ll have to kill him first.
In the end, Mat doesn’t like either one of his visitors. They both want something from him, and he won’t have it. The funny thing is that before, when he had the dagger, he thought everyone was out to get him, but it turned out to be curse-induced paranoia. Now? Everyone really is out to get him, no dagger necessary. There’s a way to escape — he’s certain of it. It’s like being offered a choice between a root canal and a tax audit; you’re not going to be happy with either one.
Posted on September 12, 2025
Mat wakes up and eats.
Mat wakes up. He is disoriented, and spontaneously remembers details of what seems to be a battle from when Aemon al Caar al Thorin defended Manetheren from a Trolloc invasion. Mat’s memory is more full of holes than a block of Swiss cheese, but he deduces he’s in Tar Valon, the Healing complete. Without even bothering to put clothes on, he wolfs down the plate of food left for him and reflects upon what he is able to remember. Finally, he decides the best course of action is to keep quiet about the Horn, scrape together some money, and get the hell out of Tar Valon.
Posted on September 12, 2025
Mat is finally Healed.
Deep in the bowels of the White Tower, the Amyrlin Seat herself leads the Healing. She wields one of the Tower’s most powerful sa’angreal. Since the dagger has been with Mat for so long, it will take ten sisters and the sa’angreal to channel enough Power to free him from its grip. During the exorcism, Mat writhes, arches his back, and speaks in the Old Tongue. Fortunately, the procedure is a success, and the dagger is entombed in a lead-lined box.
Posted on September 12, 2025
Elaida barges in with questions about why the women went to Toman Head, but Sheriam rescues them when she comes to get them for Mat’s Healing.

Fifteen and one-half tugs and counting.
The interloper is Elaida, whom the text describes as “a handsome woman rather than beautiful.” Oh, I see — maybe she got exposed to a little bit too much testosterone in the womb, eh? She didn’t pick the Red Ajah so much as the Red Ajah picked her. No wonder she’s such a bitch.
The Red sister sits down and makes herself comfortable, foiling Nynaeve’s amateur Healing stunt and bringing the braid-tug count to twelve. Elaida knows Liandrin was Black Ajah. She doesn’t want to see Elayne’s reputation destroyed by association, so she demands to know why they left the Tower and what they did. Egwene tells her they needed to bring Mat back to Tar Valon to be Healed, conveniently forgetting to mention Rand. But Elaida hasn’t forgotten him, and she wants to know everything about him. Cue braid-grip, followed by a tug.
I want you to know that I’m being methodical and objective about this braid-tugging count. Here are the rules:
- Each mention of a tug, jerk, pull, yank, or twist counts as one tug.
- Even if the text suggests that “many little tugs” occurred, or that the jerk was particularly sharp or spasmodic, this only counts as one tug. Let it not be said I’m artificial inflating the numbers.
- If the braid is merely held, squeezed, or gripped, this counts as one-half of a tug.
Translate this into shots, and you’ve got yourself a drinking game. So far, we’re at fifteen and one-half tugs. Go ahead, count them. I’ll wait right here.
Sheriam interrupts and puts an end to the interrogation, but Elaida leaves with the promise that the conversation is to be continued. Sheriam carries an order from the Amyrlin Seat that they are to speak of the Gray Man to no one. She has also come to bring them to Mat, since Healing is always done in the presence of those who brought the sick to the Tower. Finally! It has been two full books since Mat acquired the dagger. Welcome to life lived at the Robert Jordan pace.
Posted on September 12, 2025
Nynaeve tells Elayne everything, then reaches into her Bag of Horrible Ideas, and decides that they should all go try to heal Mat.
Elayne has come to Nynaeve’s room, but Gawyn and Galad followed her. They’re pressing the matter of bringing Elayne back to Caemlyn. Nynaeve has zero patience for it. In a scene that finally adds some grit and dimensionality to her character, she asserts dominance by ordering them out of the room, and then she starts counting. By the time she gets to three, the men are practically running away like they were being chastised by their own mother.
Conversation then turns to how Galad makes the women feel all mushy and funny in the tummy. Oh, he’s sooooo handsome. And yet, his character flaw is that he is duty-bound to a fault. An anal-retentive asshole who insists on always following the rules, no matter whom he hurts. He sounds like the white knight in shining armor who would balk at saving a damsel in distress if it means getting his boots muddy. And always, every scene he is in, I cannot stop my mind from going directly to Arnold J. Rimmer from Red Dwarf. Under his handsome shell, Galad has a Rimmer inside of him, sitting at the controls. This snide, under-achieving, loser is up there in Galad’s head, in miniature, pulling the levers and calling the shots.
Anyway, Nynaeve gets down to business and blurts out that they’re investigating the Black Ajah, and have already survived an attempt on their lives. Egwene is incredulous, but Nynaeve rationalizes it with a bunch of logic so flimsy that it shatters if you look at it wrong. Nynaeve proceeds to fully debrief Elayne on the situation. Then the topic turns toward Mat, and the fact that the Aes Sedai won’t Heal him unless it benefits them in some way. Nynaeve argues that if they’re as powerful as everyone says, they should go into Mat’s room and just… try to Heal him. She punctuates this with a tug on her braid, and it feels like a slap in the face. Sure, Nynaeve, go ahead and wing it. What’s the worst that could happen? I’ll tell you what: you could fucking kill him. It’s like a medical school intern deciding to give heart surgery a try, because, you know, they’ve read the textbook. Never done it before? So what, we’re ta’veren!
Mercifully, an Aes Sedai barges into the room to end the insanity.
Posted on September 11, 2025
Nynaeve and Egwene are nearly assassinated by a Gray Man, and they have reason to believe he had an accomplice.
Nynaeve and Egwene head to the novices’ quarters. Elayne isn’t there, but Nynaeve says she needs to speak with them both. They’re heading into Egwene’s room when a crossbow bolt narrowly misses killing both of them. Nynaeve looks around and spots the shooter, whom she freezes in place with a weave of Air. When they reach his location, he has a dagger in his chest — so he must have had an accomplice. Footsteps approach, so Nynaeve releases her weave and allows the dead man to crumple to the ground. It’s Sheriam Sedai, aghast at finding a corpse in the novices’ quarters. Nynaeve decides it would invite unwanted questions if Sheriam knew the man wanted them dead. So she practices her Aes Sedai half-truths and simply says they found the him laying there.
Sheriam explains that this is a Gray Man — a Darkfriend who gave up his soul to serve the Dark One as an assassin. They are effective at the job because they’re so difficult to spot that most people don’t even see them. Sheriam covers the body with an opaque weave and instructs them to go to Nynaeve’s room. On the way, Nynaeve notes that it was strange how Sheriam didn’t wonder who stabbed the Gray Man. You see, this is why the Black Ajah investigation is doomed — of course Sheriam isn’t going to remark on who stabbed him, Nynaeve. You told her you just found the body laying there, so why the fuck would an Aes Sedai give two shits about who you think stabbed him?
A side note: this whole braid-tugging thing is getting out of control. I know this drove me crazy the first time I read the series, and it wasn’t so bad in the first two books. But in this book? The floodgates have opened. Nine fucking braid-tugs so far, and we’re only a quarter of the way through the book. Nynaeve, you’re on notice.
Posted on September 11, 2025
The Amyrlin tasks Egwene and Nynaeve with hunting the Black Ajah.
The Amyrlin tells Nynaeve and Egwene that they will secretly hunt the Black Ajah, if any of its members remain in the White Tower. Her reasoning? They are the only two in the Tower she is sure are not Black Ajah, and nobody will suspect the Amyrlin to task two Accepted with such a weighty task. The Amyrlin gives each woman a “get out of jail free” card: a letter, bearing her official seal, stating that they are acting under orders from the Amyrlin Seat. That’s like handing the keys for a brand new Ferrari to two teenagers who have a history of crashing their bicycles. I mean, Nynaeve’s very next thought is that she could use it to command a Warder to dance, for fuck’s sake.
Here’s what I don’t get. Even before she became the Amyrlin Seat, Siuan knew damn well that the Black Ajah infected the White Tower. She was with Moiraine at Aesdaishar Palace when Merean, the former Mistress of Novices, revealed herself to be Black Ajah. That was twenty years ago! Siuan has been Amyrlin Seat for the last ten years, so what the hell has she been doing all this time? Hoping it’ll go away? I believe the saying goes, “hope in one hand, shit in the other, and see which one fills up first.” And now, Siuan, you’ve got a decade worth of shit to clean up.
Posted on September 10, 2025
Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve have an audience with the Amyrlin Seat. They learn that Liandrin and her cohort are long gone, having stolen ter’angreal and committed murder. Egwene and Elayne will be raised to Accepted, but all three of them will scrub pots for leaving with Liandrin.
Egwene, Elayne, and Nynaeve are summoned for an audience with the Amyrlin Seat. They naively assume they bring news of Liandrin’s treachery to the White Tower, but Liandrin is already months gone. She and twelve others stole some ter’angreal and left a trail of bodies in their wake. Nynaeve argues that this should excuse them for leaving the Tower, but the Amyrlin says they should hope nobody discovers their absence had anything to do with Liandrin. Even the suspicion of being tied to the Black Ajah would be enough to get them all stilled.
Elayne learns that her absence created political strain between Andor and Tar Valon. Elaida no longer advises Queen Morgase, who has made it clear that she wants her daughter returned. But the Amyrlin isn’t ready to lose such a powerful channeler. Far from it, she recognizes that Elayne and Egwene have grown their power considerably during their time away, and plans to raise both of them to Accepted.
Despite the promotions, all three acolytes are sentenced to scrub pots in the kitchen indefinitely as punishment for leaving the White Tower and Tar Valon without permission. The Amyrlin all but comes out and says that they must have had shit for brains to be so dumb as to follow Liandrin through the fucking Ways to Toman Head, and I can’t argue with that. The Amyrlin dismisses Elayne, but keeps Nynaeve and Egwene in the room. Hey ladies, I don’t know how things work at the White Tower, but when the principal holds you back for a private audience, that means you’re in a lot more trouble than you thought you were.
Posted on September 9, 2025
Verin gives the Amyrlin Seat the Horn of Valere, and reports on what happened since Fal Dara.
This chapter feels like an obligation. We already know everything Verin tells the Amyrlin… but people who skipped the first two books don’t. I’ll bet Jordan was contractually required to make the books accessible to casual readers. I’ll bet they had to be self-contained in a way that meant recapping plot points from earlier in the series. Usually we see this as the awkward paragraph here and there, reminding the faithful of what we already know. But here, Jordan throws up his hands:
ROBERT JORDAN: Alrighty, fuckers. You need a recap? Here’s your fucking recap.
There is literally zero new information. Verin gives Siuan the Horn. They talk about stuff that happened in the other books.
That’s it. I’m dropping the mic this time.
Posted on September 9, 2025
Egwene’s group arrives in Tar Valon. Hurin departs for Fal Dara, while everyone else proceeds to the White Tower.
Usually I write about the chapter first, then the TL;DR. This time, the TL;DR was so fucking obvious, it practically wrote itself. Nothing strange, interesting, noteworthy, or even remarkable happens during the course of this chapter. I’ll bet even Robert Jordan fell asleep at the keyboard while he was writing it. Basically, unless your hobbies include watching paint dry, you can go ahead and skip this one.
Everyone arrives in Tar Valon. Hurin splits, because of course a man like him would nope out of going to the White Tower. Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne begin to realize how much trouble they’re in for leaving without permission. Mat gets whisked away to the mystical ER. Verin goes to see the Amyrlin Seat.
Posted on September 9, 2025
Egwene, Verin, Elayne, Nynaeve, Mat, and Hurin travel toward Tar Valon, urgently needing to secure the Horn and heal Mat. When Dain Bornhald and a group of Whitecloaks accosts them, Egwene handles the situation in the worst imaginable way.
In this chapter, Perrin — does nothing! Wolf Boy slides back into obscurity, where he belongs. I looked ahead, and I hope he’s comfortable on that shelf, because he’s going to be there until chapter thirty-three. Instead, we’re with Egwene, who is traveling to Tar Valon with Verin, Elayne, Nynaeve, Mat, and Hurin. Mat is in bad shape, carried on a litter.
The group encounters a troop of Whitecloaks, led by Dain Bornhald. This is the same snide little fart we met in Baerlon back in The Eye of the World, who tried to stop them from leaving the city. You might think that he would recognize Egwene, Nynaeve, and Mat — but this guy probably bullies so many people every day that they wouldn’t stick in his memory.
What Dain does have fresh in his memory is Jaret Byar’s report that his father died fighting against “Tar Valon witches” in the battle at Falme, so he’s none too pleased to see Aes Sedai. It’s a tense situation, owing to Mat’s worsening condition and the fact that the Horn of fucking Valere is nestled between his heels.
Verin is in the middle of talking her way past him when Egwene reminds us what a dumbass she is by making the ground in front of Bornhald’s horse explode. Honestly, what is it with her and blowing up the ground? The same thing happened in Falme after she was freed. Keep this up, and she’ll be known as the human land-mine. Nynaeve and Elayne quickly follow suit, and Bornhald’s men run away faster than King Arthur fled from the Rabbit of Caerbannog.
Verin is furious, and berates the three acolytes for acting so irresponsibly with the Power. Egwene attempts to apologize to Bornhald, but instead executes a masterstroke of dumb-fuckery when she tells him they have come from Toman Head. Well done, Egwene! Most people have a fully formed theory of mind at your age, but yours seems to have stunted around the age of five.
The group continues on their journey to Tar Valon as Dain Bornhald hurls threats of revenge at their backs.
Posted on September 9, 2025
Perrin learns that wolf communication is connected to the world of dreams.
Who is the main character of this series? I thought I knew the answer after reading books one and two, but now I’m not so sure because we’re still fucking stuck with Perrin.
Unable to stop thinking about Simion’s brother, Perrin seeks Moiraine’s help in understanding the nature of his affliction. She claims to know very little, but does actually reveal a new piece of information for once: wolf communication is connected to the world of dreams. Will Moiraine help keep Perrin from going full Wolfen? Mmnnnnaybe — as long as it doesn’t interfere with the battle against the Shadow! Gosh, thanks a lot, bitch. It’s nice to know you’ve got a man’s back — always ready to protect it or sink a dagger into it, as appropriate.
Next thing we know, Jordan hits us with more world of dreams bullshit. Hopper, the wolf Perrin met way back in The Eye of the World‘s Chapter 23: Wolfbrother, is there warning him of danger. He watches as a shadow murders a man, then has a run-in with Lanfear, who isn’t happy with the intrusion. Finally, he wakes up and finds the man’s blood all over him. Ew.
Cut to Rand, who is heroically… hiding from dogs and zapping them with the One Power? Oh yeah, this guy is flying over the cuckoo’s nest.

Posted on September 8, 2025
Jarra is in disarray after Rand came through and made ripples in the pattern. Perrin finds another man with golden eyes and learns nothing about his connection to the wolves.
Everyone in Jarra is acting like they’re hung over. Evidence of celebration litters the village green. Outside the inn, a man named Simion sweeps the walk and stifles copious yawns. Moiraine asks if a wedding has taken place, and Simion is happy to relate that it was not just one wedding, but a slew of them over the last two days. The least likely pairings suddenly seemed to be written in the stars, and nobody has had a chance yet to recover from the festivities.
Heading into the common room, we learn that the insanity wasn’t limited to nuptials. According to the innkeeper, a group of Whitecloaks was in town yesterday and fell into disarray the likes of which you wouldn’t expect from a military organization. Three up and quit, another left to hunt for the Horn, and others had varying opinions on where to search for the Dragon. The most offensive among them groped women and tried to set fire to the inn. The remaining Whitecloaks had to tie them up and cart them away.
Perrin muses to himself that they’re wasting time listening to all of this news when they could be asking about Rand. See, this is why Perrin chapters are so hard to read. How dense are you, dude? Obviously none of this would have happened if not for Rand. In the privacy of their rooms, Moiraine explains that Rand is such a powerful ta’veren that he dramatically changes the way people’s lives are woven into the pattern just by being nearby.
Simion shows Perrin to his room and confirms that Rand slept there the night prior. He said Rand was acting paranoid, talking to himself and laughing randomly. Super — our savior wields godlike powers and now he’s a few arrows short of a quiver. We’re all doomed.
Simion realizes Moiraine is Aes Sedai and begs her to help his brother, who happens to be a wolf dude like Perrin. The difference is that this guy is so far gone that he’s basically a wolf stuck in a human body, and he’s being kept in a locked room. Moiraine surprises nobody when she says she can’t help, but Perrin convinces Simion that his brother’s only chance of a happy ending is to set him free. And there you have it. Another Perrin chapter done, and we still know jack shit about his connection with the wolves.
Posted on September 8, 2025
Perrin, Lan, Moiraine, and Loial follow Rand’s trail to the village of Jarra.
Dear Perrin: no offense, dude, but I thought we might have caught a break from you by now. My next door neighbor talks to me over the fence a few times a year. If he suddenly started talking to me every day and inviting me over for a beer, it would be less conspicuous than this. What happened? Did the rest of the point-of-view characters go on strike?
This is a fluff chapter if I ever saw one. If this book were made into a movie, even the producers wouldn’t have dignified it with more than a forty-five second musical montage. Lan scouts Rand’s trail. Everyone follows Lan. Moiraine out-does Perrin and Loial at fishing. Perrin gets frustrated with Moiraine for treating him like her manservant. Then the song mercifully fades out, and our heroes arrive at the village of Jarra.
Posted on September 7, 2025
Rand decides to strike out on his own, and Moiraine mounts a pursuit.
Perrin, my man. Life pro tip: when you tell your bestie you don’t need him, he’s gonna take it personally.
Rand split in the middle of the night, but at least he left a note. He’s sick of all the people dying around him, and he makes a vague reference to dreams. As it happens, a number of people in the camp have had the same dream Perrin has been having. Ba’alzamon, Lanfear, mystical sword in the Stone of Tear, secret meeting, blah blah blah. Moiraine says this was Rand projecting his dream onto others. Adding all of this together, she is worried that Rand is going to Tear and try to take Callandor before he is ready.
Moiraine instructs the Shienarans to await her word in the nearby town of Jehanna, while Perrin and Loial accompany her in pursuit of Rand. Moiraine volunteers Min to make haste to the White Tower and tell the Amyrlin Seat of Rand’s disappearance. Min doesn’t like this one bit, as her talent has revealed she is destined to fall in love with Rand, and she wants to help find him. But Moiraine points out that she’s the only one who can get discreetly get a message to the Amyrlin, and the matter is settled.
And so, Moiraine’s batting average for winning arguments remains 100%.
Posted on September 7, 2025
Fades and Trollocs pour into the camp. In the heat of the battle, Leya dies and Rand is completely useless.
The camp ignites in a flurry of combat. The wolves come to help kill the Fades and Trollocs. Perrin is worried about Leya, knowing that a Tuatha’an won’t lift a finger in self defense. He kills a Trolloc, then faces a Fade. Leya stupidly grabs its legs and is struck down. Perrin embraces his wolf instinct, injures the Fade’s legs, and cuts off its head. The Fades and Trollocs eventually retreat, but not before the wolves and human have suffered devastating losses. Many are dead, and more are injured. Moiraine does so much healing that she collapses and needs Lan to carry her off to bed.
Meanwhile, Rand… did nothing. He’s off by himself sulking as though he just tried to ravish a woman in bed and couldn’t get it up. He says he was able to embrace saidin, but couldn’t figure out how to do anything with it. He managed to light a few trees on fire, and then spent the rest of the battle fighting the urge to bring the mountain down on top of everyone. Gosh, thanks for not killing everyone, I guess? Luckily, Perrin knows exactly how to make him feel better:
PERRIN: We… dealt with them, Rand. We didn’t need you.
Oh, snap, drop that mic! That’s a direct quote, by the way.
Am I supposed to believe that these guys are going to scrape their shit together in time to face the Dark One? Because so far, they’re displaying the organization skills of a Little League baseball team.
Posted on September 7, 2025
A bunch of bullshit happens in Perrin’s dreams, and the wolves alert him to approaching Trollocs.
Another Perrin chapter! Except for the Prologue, The Dragon Reborn has thus far been told from Perrin’s point of view. I’ve grown so used to Jordan handling Perrin like a diseased leper, I almost didn’t recognize him without the surgical mask.
Perrin is dreaming, so prepare to speed-read or subject yourself to literary torture.

Blah blah blah, Perrin won’t drink the wine with the mystery man in the common room. Blah blah, Lanfear is with him whispering about greatness and glory, but he won’t drink with her either. Blah blah, Perrin is in the Stone of Tear, unable to touch Callandor. Perrin sees men in Tel’aran’rhiod, meeting and arguing. And then a wolf is there, alerting Perrin that the Trollocs have come, and they’re not talking about the world of dreams.
Looks like Rand’s little stunt with saidin lit up their mountain hideout like a Christmas tree, and shit is about to get real.
Posted on September 6, 2025
Leya brings news that the Whitecloaks have amassed legions on the Almoth Plain, yet are ostensibly acting peacefully.
The title of this chapter couldn’t be any clearer, and yet it is not until the fifth page of the chapter that we hear what the news from the Plain is. No, first we have to review in detail how everyone in the camp was affected by Rand’s earthquake. Half the stew Min was cooking spilled, a bunch of people got bruises, and Leya ended up with a bloodied scalp. Wait, Jordan! We forgot to check in with Loial and make sure he’s doing okay, too!
Finally, we learn about the news. 5,000 Whitecloaks have amassed on the Almoth Plain, and they’re trying to make peace. That’s like having the Ku Klux Klan show up to build houses after a devastating tornado. They are trying to diffuse the Tarabon/Domani conflict and are not moving against groups that support the Dragon. At the same time, young men who match Rand’s description are mysteriously dying. Well played, Mr. Carradin! Turns out, you can, in fact, serve two masters, as long as everything they do is cloaked in plausible deniability.
Posted on September 6, 2025
Rand finishes arguing with Moiraine and stalks off in a stew. Perrin goes to talk with him and gets a firsthand demonstration of Rand’s connection to saidin.
Rand emerges from Moiraine’s cabin looking upset. Min says they’ve been arguing again. The Shienarans greet him with adulation, and he walks away from them into the woods without a word. Yes, Rand, the more they love you, the more you treat them like garbage — that’s next-level management skill right there.

Perrin follows Rand through a narrow chasm leading to an isolated valley. This must be Rand’s Thoughtful Spot where he comes to contemplate the heavy fate ahead of him. The argument with Moiraine is the same as always: people who have declared themselves for the Dragon Reborn are out there putting themselves in danger by searching for him, and here he is, hiding in the mountains. As usual, the worst part is that she’s totally right — Rand can’t unite all of the small groups out there without creating unnecessary risk.
To deal with his frustration, Rand does the One Power equivalent of punching a pillow and causes an earthquake. As he pleads for Rand to stop, Perrin clings to the idea that Rand is still the childhood friend he grew up with. But now his childhood friend can toss him around like a rag doll using nothing but the power of his mind. I think it’s understandable if that makes things a little bit weird.
Posted on September 5, 2025
Perrin guides a Tuatha’an woman to Moiraine.
This chapter is every bit as gripping as the title suggests!
Somewhere in the Mountains of Mist lies the camp of the Dragon Reborn, where he has been bravely waiting all winter long. Waiting for what? I doubt even he knows. Where’s the Rand al’Thor from the end of The Great Hunt? You know, the one who was telling Moiraine he didn’t want anything to do with her? I’m asking because this Rand al’Thor seems perfectly content to have handed the reins back to the Aes Sedai and hibernate.
That’s right — after disappearing for most of The Great Hunt, Moiraine is back to calling all of the shots. A steady stream of women has come to the camp seeking Moiraine. Nobody seems to have any idea who they are or what their business is. More generally, nobody seems to know why they’ve been parked in the mountains all winter long with their dicks in their hands. Perrin doesn’t seem to mind being kept in the dark and acting as Moiraine’s fetch dog. With nary a complaint, he guides the latest arrival — a Tuatha’an woman named Leya — to Moiraine’s cabin.
Welcome to The Dragon Reborn.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Pedron Niall, head honcho for the Whitecloaks, receives news from Falme. He commands Jaichim Carridin to ensure Rand al’Thor lives long enough to be useful, but a Fade is quick to remind him of his obligations to the Shadow.
Pedron Niall, the Lord Captain Commander of the Children of Light, stares at one of the chalk drawings depicting the battle at Falme. Jaret Byar explains that the boy in this drawing has proclaimed himself the Dragon Reborn. Byar also recounts how Lord Captain Geofram Bornhald perished fighting invaders, whose armies were aided by Aes Sedai. Wow, somebody set Mr. Byar up with an interview at Fox News — I hear they’re scouting for talent like this.
Niall’s next visitor is Jaichim Carridin, a Questioner. Carridin doesn’t believe the rumors about invaders coming from overseas. They’re Darkfriends, he says, and the monsters they brought must have been Trollocs — nobody that far south really knows what a Trolloc looks like anyway. Niall lets Carridin know what a piss-poor job he has done of dealing with the Almoth Plain. He orders Carridin to make certain that this false Dragon from the drawing does not die, and the Questioner is understandably confused. But Niall explains that the best way to gain authority over people is to drop a lion in their midst, then save them from it.
Carridin is dismissed, only for Padan Fain to slip into the room. He calls himself Ordeith now, and has insinuated his way into the Evil Advisor position in Niall’s command structure. Ordeith talks about how the man in the drawing — Rand al’Thor — and his friends from the Two Rivers are Darkfriends. In fact, says Ordeith, the Two Rivers is a breeding ground for Darkfriends. Niall thinks that perhaps he ought to pay Emond’s Field a visit.
In his quarters, Jaichim Carridin is visited by a Fade who wants to know why Carridin is not busy obeying his orders. Find the human called Rand al’Thor and kill him. For Carridin to be here in the Fortress of the Light instead is tantamount to insubordination. At the risk of putting too fine a point on it, the Fade promises Carridin that for every month al’Thor remains alive, he will lose someone dear to him.
Oh boy, sucks to be you, dude. Make sure al’Thor lives. Make sure al’Thor dies. Good luck worming your way out of this one.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Overall, I think I was better able to enjoy the book as an adult than I was as a teenager. The Great Hunt effectively chronicled Rand’s growth. He began the book by running away from what he learned about himself, but along the way he realized that he can’t ever escape from himself. The writing got kind of wishy-washy at times. To what extent was Ingtar actually a Darkfriend? Who exactly was the unseen watcher who kept making micro appearances throughout the book? It’s easy to fill in the vagueness with your own assumptions, but why even leave things ambiguous? It’s an annoyance that I’m going to have to ignore if I’m going to make it through the series. Full speed ahead.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Word spreads throughout the land of the battle at Falme, and all come to know that the Dragon has returned.
The end.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Rand wakes up five days East of Falme, and comes to accept that he is the Dragon Reborn.
Rand wakes up five days later. Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elayne have gone back to Tar Valon with Verin and Mat. But Min stayed with him, and so did Perrin and Loial. Moiraine and Lan have resurfaced as well, and have been traveling East with him. Rand’s battle with Ba’alzamon was visible in the sky for miles around Falme, and Moiraine shows him an artist’s depiction of the event as proof. The Shienarans, having witnessed Rand’s duel with Ba’alzamon, pledge their lives to him. Moiraine says that three of the seven seals on the Dark One’s prison are broken now. The Last Battle is coming, and the Dragon Reborn is the world’s only hope of standing against the shadow. Will he rise to the occasion? Of course he will.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Min finds Rand unconscious. Lanfear makes a final appearance.
Min picks her way through the ravaged city of Falme. Drawn by an unseen force, she walks directly to the house where Rand lay injured in the back garden. He is unconscious, so she does her best to make him warm and comfortable. Egwene shows up as well, and runs off to get Nynaeve. While she is gone, Selene shows up and introduces herself as Lanfear. She tells Min that despite what she may have seen in the Pattern, Lews Therin Telamon belongs to her. She tells Min to keep him safe until she comes for him, then vanishes.
Posted on September 3, 2025
Mat talks himself into sounding the Horn of Valere, summoning heroes of legend to fight against the Seanchan. Rand defeats Ba’alzamon again.
Rand, Mat, and Perrin are sandwiched between the approaching Seanchan and Whitecloak armies. The Horn of Valere takes their gaze like they’re characters in an Anton Chekhov play. Mat gets that mischievous look that we love him for, and he notes that technically nothing is stopping them from using the Horn before the Last Battle. With that, Mat blows the Horn and becomes the Trumpeter for the Apocalypse.
Fog rolls in and the Heroes of the Horn, led by Artur Hawkwing, form up ranks. Artur keeps referring to Rand as Lews Therin, and then as the Dragon. In this moment, Rand’s companions know beyond any doubt that he is the Dragon Reborn. Hawkwing insists that Perrin bear the Dragon banner and Mat blow the Horn before he leads the march against the Seanchan army.
Rand feels disembodied from the battle, as though the battle is happening everywhere but where he stands. He duels Ba’alzamon, ultimately applying Lan’s lesson about sheathing the sword: by allowing Ba’alzamon to stab him in the side, he gets close enough to drive his One-Power-suffused sword through his opponent’s heart. Is Ba’alzamon finally dead? My guess is no. This guy has more lives than an army of cats.
Posted on September 2, 2025
Nynaeve’s rescue plan allows her, Min, and Elayne to reach Egwene and free her. All hell breaks loose in Falme with the Whitecloak army approaching and the High Lord Turak slain. Ingtar proffers a hollow confession to Rand, then sacrifices himself to the Seanchan.
Nynaeve’s sul’dam outfit disguises her and Elayne perfectly. None of the women they pass in the dormitories suspects anything out of place. Min meets them inside and leads the way to Egwene’s room, where Nynaeve removes the a’dam and gives Egwene a change of clothes.
Renna comes into the room. Shock registers on her face at Egwene no longer being collared, but she has no chance to react. Egwene wrestles her to the ground, snaps the a’dam around Renna’s neck, and covers the Seanchan woman’s mouth while using the a’dam to brutalize her. What a satisfying scene! I just wish Jordan had gone into more detail on exactly how Egwene made Renna feel in those few moments of beautiful agony.
Nynaeve stops Egwene, explaining that justice is better than revenge. The fact that the a’dam works at all on Seta and Renna will tell their peers that they can channel. More likely than not, they themselves will be damned to live as damane. That, says Nynaeve, is the shape that justice takes. They leave the two collared women to their fate.
Outside, the streets are eerily quiet, and Seanchan armies are marching up the street. Nynaeve counsels remaining calm and not acting suspicious. After all, it most likely has nothing to do with them. But Egwene is too haunted by her enslavement to leave anything to chance. Abandoning subtlety, she hurls weaves of earth, fire, and lightning at the soldiers.
Nearby, Rand and Ingtar are laying low because of the Seanchan army. Ingtar was at the Darkfriend conference — Robert Jordan himself confirmed this! Ingtar isn’t very clear about it, but it sounds like he was the one who allowed an assassin to enter Fal Dara and shoot the arrow that was intended either for Rand or Siuan. Evidently, this is a guy who has been on the fence between good and evil for a while, but the journey through the Portal Stone showed him that he is beyond redemption, no matter how much he may want to do good. And so we say goodbye to Ingtar as he commits suicide by Seanchan. It feels like it should be tragic, but there was literally zero foreshadowing or anything hinting that Ingtar wasn’t on the up-and-up… so all told, this feels like it came out of nowhere and had all of the emotional impact of a wet firecracker.
Posted on September 2, 2025
Nynaeve kidnaps a sul’dam to aid in rescuing Egwene. Rand defeats High Lord Turak and steals the Horn of Valere back.
Together with Elayne and Min, Nynaeve stakes out a street, waiting for a single sul’dam/damane pair to be walking alone. Then Nynaeve channels a trickle of Power at their a’dam, making it fall open and clatter to the ground. The damane is shocked for a moment, then punches her sul’dam hard enough to nearly knock her over. The damane runs off, and they drag the sul’dam to a nearby stable.
The sul’dam — Seta — laughs off the idea that an a’dam could work on her, so she thinks it’s pretty fucking funny when Nynaeve places the collar around her neck. But once she feels the punishment Nynaeve doles out, she isn’t laughing anymore. With Seta posing as her damane, Nynaeve steels herself for the real challenge: breaking Egwene out.
Rand, Mat, Perrin, Ingtar, and Hurin walk the streets of Falme, hunting for the Horn and the dagger. Hurin has trouble finding a clear trail since Fain has been all over the town for months now. But when they walk by High Lord Turak’s manor, Mat declares with certainty that the dagger lies within. The front of the manor is heavily guarded, so they follow a side-street to a back alley. The back yard is almost entirely unguarded, and the group is able to easily sneak into the house. With a bit of luck, they avoid servants and reach Turak’s treasure room.
Mat immediately grabs the Horn and the dagger. In the next moment, Turak appears with a contingent of Seanchan soldiers. One of them tries to take the Horn, but Mat slashes him with the dagger and he immediately dies, painfully and violently. With everyone else suddenly busy dealing with the soldiers, Turak and Rand face each other in combat. Rand is alarmed to see that Turak also has a heron marked blade. Turak is eager to test his skill against a blademaster from across the ocean.
At first Rand refuses to use the void because he doesn’t like how saidin is always right there waiting. Turak manages to wound him in multiple places, and he wonders aloud how Rand got his sword, because he clearly isn’t skilled enough to have earned it. Rand realizes that he has to use the void, so he has his Princess Bride moment. Turak begins to sweat and the poor guy doesn’t even last three paragraphs before Rand slices him open.
With the blademaster and his guards dealt with, the group realizes that nobody even raised an alarm. Amazing — they just murdered a High Lord of Seanchan, stole his prize relic, and walked out like it was just another Tuesday.
Posted on September 2, 2025
Rand’s group continues following Padan Fain’s trail to Falme.
Mat and Perrin are with Hurin, who is sniffing around another village for Padan Fain’s trail. Hurin says he passed through a while ago. This village still has people in it, but perhaps not for long — a long column of Whitecloaks are headed straight toward it. Not wanting to risk another encounter, Perrin urges his companions to flee.
The three follow Fain’s trail almost to Falme before returning to camp. The group decides that sending their entire contingent into the city would be guaranteed to gain the Seanchan’s attention. Instead, Rand, Mat, Perrin, Ingtar and Hurin will follow the trail into Falme.
Posted on September 2, 2025
Nynaeve secures Captain Domon’s ship as her getaway vehicle.
Min flees from the sounds of Egwene being punished and straight into Nynaeve and Elayne’s company. Min tells them she has found a ship whose captain is looking for an opportunity to flee the city, but he won’t risk it unless he has a channeler of his own to combat the damane. Nynaeve goes to meet Captain Domon, who is worried about what fate will befall him when High Lord Turak is no longer amused by his stories. Nynaeve promises he will have three channelers aboard Spray, and all he has to do is remain ready to sail at a moment’s notice.
Posted on September 2, 2025
As Egwene grows accustomed to life as a slave, Nynaeve plots to free her.
In Falme, Nynaeve and Elayne are staking out the building where the Seanchan keep their damane. Nynaeve thinks she has figured out how to use the One Power to remove an a’dam from a damane’s neck. Do yourself a favor and don’t ask how she made any progress without having an a’dam on hand, because all you’re going to get is hand-waving: Oh, she can do savant-level things with the One Power because it’s Nynaeve, and she’s, like, really good at channeling.
Egwene, meanwhile, is growing accustomed to life as a damane. Min is allowed to visit her once weekly, and it is through this lens we see how deep and thorough a damane’s subjugation runs. She can’t channel more than a trickle without feeling extremely ill, nor can she touch anything that she considers to be a weapon without the same result. Same thing with trying to move the a’dam’s bracelet. To make matters worse, Egwene’s handlers discovered she has a talent for detecting iron deposits in the ground, so they’re eager to ship her back across the ocean and use her as a human metal detector.
Min’s visit is cut short when Egwene’s primary sul’dam, Renna, comes into the room and discovers Egwene has been channeling, trying to figure out a way to get the collar off. She decides she has been too lenient by allowing Egwene to keep her name, so she renames her Tuli, after a kitten she used to have. What a delicious display of villainy! Seanchan is basically the mystical equivalent of North Korea.
Posted on September 1, 2025
Crossing Toman Head is a wet and miserable experience for Rand and company. Ba’alzamon visits Rand’s dreams again.
Rand’s group trudges across Toman Head toward Falme, searching for Padan Fain’s trail. Honestly, I could stop right there, because that comfortably covers the events of this chapter. Everyone’s soaked to the bone from the rain, so they hole up in an abandoned village. The inn is the biggest structure, so they take it, and Rand trudges upstairs to get some sleep.
Ba’alzamon makes his first appearance since he helped Rand with that heron-mark brand on his palm in Chapter 15: Kinslayer. Unfortunately, this guy is a one-trick pony, and it’s getting kind of pathetic. At this point he’s like a circus performer who phones it in every night, yet always holds his arms wide open at the end, announcing, “Tada!” — only nobody ever claps. You will die, Lews Therin. I will win in the end. You will be mine. Blah blah blah. There are Saturday morning cartoon villains who are more nuanced and threatening than this clown.
Posted on September 1, 2025
Liandrin’s betrayal is laid bare. The Seanchan capture Egwene and Min, but Nynaeve and Elayne escape.
The institution of damane and their sul’dam handlers is a central pillar of what makes the Seanchan so deliciously evil. They believe, as a society, that all women who can channel should be enslaved and treated as property.
When Liandrin emerges from the Toman Head Waygate with Egwene, Nynaeve, Min, and Elayne in tow, it quickly becomes apparent that she is making a delivery. High Lady Suroth is there with a contingent of soldiers and sul’dam who stand ready capture Egwene and Nynaeve. Fortunately for our heroes, Liandrin is a villain who has all of the tactical foresight of a toddler trying to put a square peg into a round hole. Suroth’s thug grabs Min and Elayne, and Nynaeve’s anger level explodes from zero to insanity. She unleashes a tornado of unbridled fury, and chaos erupts. Elayne and Nynaeve escape, but Min is knocked to the ground and one of the sul’dam manages to get a collar around Egwene’s neck. You see, Egwene? This is why we don’t follow strangers into dark alleys.
Liandrin is upset. Based on the words she and Suroth exchange, it sounds like they both serve the Dark One, and their instructions were clear: bring Egwene and Nynaeve to the other side of the Aryth Ocean and keep them there. I’m guessing they’ll play a critical role in supporting Rand, so the Shayol Ghul strategy department wanted them out of the picture. Oopsies — they captured the butterfly and left a pissed-off hornet out there flying around.
Posted on August 31, 2025
Liandrin takes Egwene, Nynaeve, Min, and Elayne on a journey through the Ways, a dangerous shortcut that conveniently delivers them straight into the arms of the Seanchan.
Liandrin instructed Egwene and Nynaeve to meet her at the Ogier grove in Tar Valon. When they show up with Min and Elayne in tow, Liandrin is furious, but she’s too set on the journey to belabor it. She leads the group farther into a locked area of the grove, where the Tar Valon Waygate looms like a forgotten monument.
You’d think it would go without saying that blindly following an Aes Sedai you barely know into the Ways isn’t such a great idea. Especially when she’s on record as being a man-hater, and she’s supposedly leading you on a mission to save the boys from Emond’s Field from danger. They don’t even have an Ogier to read the Guidings — Liandrin just has this shitty piece of paper crumpled up in her pocket telling her where to go. And does any one of the women stop to say that maybe this isn’t such a great idea? Not for a second!
The journey through the Ways is remarkably uneventful, as journeys through the Ways go. Machin Shin is nowhere to be seen, and there are no defunct bridges or sudden changes of plan. Of course not, because Liandrin is actually delivering them right into the arms of the Seanchan.
Posted on August 31, 2025
Liandrin tells Egwene and Elayne they must accompany her to Toman Head to save Rand, Mat, and Perrin. Min and Elayne invite themselves along.
Egwene and Elayne are hanging around in the novices’ quarters with Nynaeve and Min. It’s all girl talk and commiseration, which leads to Elayne asking Min if it’s all going to be worth it in the end. Are they going to become powerful Aes Sedai? Min starts explaining that she doesn’t like to read friends, but cuts herself off when she notices something new — everyone in the room is in some kind of danger.
Only moments pass before Liandrin walks into the room. Yes! I’ve been wanting to see more of her ever since she started talking like Yoda in chapter 5. Why was she talking like that? Will she do it again? Want to know, inquiring minds do!
Liandrin sends Min and Elayne out of the room, then tells Egwene and Nynaeve that the boys from the Two Rivers are in danger. An evil from Shayol Ghul that is hunting them, and Egwene and Nynaeve can help if only they will accompany Liandrin to Toman Head. What exactly for? Never mind that! No questions!
Elayne and Min return once Liandrin leaves. They’ve eavesdropped on the entire conversation, and there’s no way they’re missing the chance to get away from the White Tower.
Posted on August 31, 2025
Rand uses the nearby Portal Stone to transport the group to Toman Head. The price? Four months of lost time, and now everyone needs therapy.
At the Portal Stone, Rand does more of his signature whining about how he has no idea how to use it. But Verin says it’s the only way — if she tried to channel enough Power to use a Portal Stone, she would be burned to a crisp. She points out a glyph she believes stands for Toman Head, and Rand channels.
Reality flickers in and out of being, and Rand experiences myriad different lives he might have led, had things been slightly different. Married to Egwene, a soldier in the Andoran army, Egwene dying because of her contact with saidar — a mess of different scenarios play out before his eyes, but always they end with a voice pronouncing, I have won again, Lews Therin.
When the flickering finally stops, they are in a different place. Judging from everyone else’s reactions, they too have experienced some of the many lives they might have led. Verin realizes that Rand has brought them directly to Toman Head, but with a catch: four months have passed. Four freaking fracking months! Here I was flipping out over them taking the time to say hello to the Ogier elders, and Rand has just gone and set them behind schedule by four months! Fantastic job, dude. The only victory here is that you got Mat closer to the dagger without him aging.
Posted on August 30, 2025
Machin Shin is also blocking the Waygate at Stedding Tsofu, so plan B is to use a Portal Stone.
Look, I understand wanting to give the Ogier some dimension and backstory. I really do. But where the fuck is the urgency? We’ve established that whoever blows the Horn of Valere is biometrically linked to it for life. Considering this, if I were Rand, my tolerance for bullshit would be at an all-time low. But everyone seems perfectly content to scratch their balls and go wherever the Ogier elders want to lead them.
Padan Fain could be putting on a rendition of Yankee Doodle Dandy right now… but yes please, elders, let’s have an intervention! They parade an Ogier out of the back rooms and introduce him as Trayal, the last of their number to have gone into the Ways. Trayal is a drooling husk of a man, and the elders apparently keep him around to serve as a warning. It’s almost as lame as the “This is your brain on drugs” campaign from the 1980s. Dude, we’ve already been in the Ways. We’ve already seen Machin fucking Shin. If you guys really want to do something useful, I hear there’s a Waygate up by Fal Dara that needs a new door. Otherwise, are we done here?
Unfortunately, by the time the group gets to the Waygate and opens it, Machin Shin is waiting there as well. Then Hurin, ever the idea man, reminds everyone that when he, Loial, and Rand were in the mirror universe, they traveled a hundred leagues in just two days. Without any other option to reach Toman Head fast enough, they head to the nearby Portal Stone.
Posted on August 30, 2025
Rand’s group reaches Stedding Tsofu, where saving the world takes back seat to protocol.
Everyone can sense when they enter the borders of Stedding Tsofu. And there Jordan goes again. Tsofu? I’m imagining him sitting down for dinner at an Asian restaurant. He can’t decide between the Three Cup Tofu or General Tso’s Chicken, and suddenly he’s got a new weird name for his book.
A female Ogier named Erith greets the party and asks that they leave the Shienaran soldiers on the outskirts. There is a bit of an attraction between her and Loial, which Mat thinks is all kinds of funny. But Loial isn’t laughing, because among the Ogier, arranged marriages are brokered between women with very little input from the men. He figures it’s best to keep it on the down-low that he left his stedding without permission, because he doesn’t need his mother coming over and devising a way to make him settle down.
Erith takes the group toward the center of town, because apparently they have to ask the elders before they can use the Waygate? It doesn’t make sense. The Waygate isn’t even in the stedding, so if we’re in such a big fucking hurry to chase after Fain, who gives a shit if the elders are okay with it?
Posted on August 29, 2025
Fate robs Thom Merrilin of domestic bliss. Padan Fain plots revenge against Rand by giving the goddamn Horn to the Seanchan.
No one of consequence in the Wheel of Time universe likes when the Wheel weaves. The Wheel is a harsh and unfeeling mistress who bends, tangles, and snips at the threads of lives. Tonight, Thom Merrilin returns to his room to find that Dena is its latest victim. She lies on the bed with her throat slit. Two men burst out of the wardrobes. Thom kills one where he stands, and interrogates the other. They’re sniffing around for information about Lord Rand al’Thor — for Barthanes, they say, not that it really matters. If I were Thom, would I be upset at Rand? Or would I be upset at myself for staying in a city like Cairhien where I know damn well they’ve institutionalized mental illness and affectionately call it a game? A mix of both, maybe.
Padan Fain is in Falme playing at his own insane game. He wants Rand dead, and he wants revenge on the world for how shitty his life has been. Wow, cry me a river, pal.
How is Fain going to exact his retribution? Apparently it starts by giving the Horn of Valere to the Seanchan. He tries to convince High Lord Turak that Fain and his ancestors have remained faithful to Artur Hawkwing, waiting through the generations for the Seanchan to return. He also tells Turak of Rand al’Thor, calling him a Darkfriend and saying that Trollocs attack wherever he goes. So… that’s your plan, Fain? You’re giving the Horn away and just hoping the Seanchan will kill Rand when he tries to take it? Dude, is that all? Maybe you should toss an anvil in Rand’s direction and try to blow him up with dynamite while you’re at it?
Posted on August 29, 2025
The trail leads to the Waygate in Barthanes’ garden, but Machin Shin blocks the entrance. Fain left a message with Barthanes about going to Toman Head, and Rand is determined to follow, even if it means using a different Waygate.
Rand huddles with Mat, Hurin, and Loial in the servants’ area of Lord Barthanes’ manor. Mat hasn’t sensed the dagger at all, but Rand still has Hurin show him the trail. They go out into the back garden and stop at a walled-off area containing a Waygate. The trail ends here, so they must have left using the Ways.
Mat goes off to discretely let Verin and Ingtar know, and the rest of the guys vault over the wall. Determined to demonstrate that a little knowledge is a dangerous thing, Rand finds the Avendasora leaf and grabs it. The moment the gates start opening, an oozing blackness begins bulging out of the pitch-black world behind the Waygate. Machin Shin is waiting for them! Rand panics and drops the leaf. He embraces saidin, channeling the One Power to drive the evil presence back until Loial manages to replace the leaf and close the gates.
Everyone checks to make sure their pants are still dry, then they head back to the party to take their leave. Barthanes catches Rand on the way out with a message Fain: he’s waiting on Toman Head. Back at the inn, the group decides to travel to an alternate Waygate at nearby Stedding Tsofu.
Posted on August 29, 2025
Rand, Ingtar, Verin, and Loial arrive at Lord Barthanes’ manor for a party, while Mat and Hurin go undercover as servants. Loial immediately senses a nearby Waygate, Rand is cornered by nobles, and he is reunited with Thom Merrilin, who is concerned about Rand’s association with an Aes Sedai.
Rand’s entourage consists of Ingtar, Verin, and Loial. Hurin and Mat pose as servants, and ten Shienaran guards escort them. It isn’t exactly Ocean’s Eleven, but it gets them into the manor. Verin, Ingtar, and Rand mingle with the nobility while Hurin and Mat search for the Horn. Inside, Loial immediately senses a Waygate nearby. Does anyone consider the possibility that Fain has taken the Horn through the Ways to God-knows-where? I guess connect-the-dots wasn’t Rand’s childhood forte.
Rand speaks with Barthanes, who assumes Rand is lying every time he claims to not know the King. He then gets cornered by three noblewomen who are practically throwing themselves at him. He wriggles away to chat with Thom, whom Barthanes has hired to perform for the party. Thom is concerned that Verin Sedai is involved with Rand, but he tells himself he’s not interested in blowing up his life with Dena.
Hurin interrupts, telling Lord Rand that his manservant has injured his knee, and the two head off to see where the trail leads.
Posted on August 28, 2025
The Horn has been taken to Lord Barthanes’ manor, so Rand finds a use for the invitation after all.
This chapter comes from Perrin’s perspective, though there’s no real reason for it. Maybe Jordan felt guilty about leaving him to do jack shit for a book and a half? Perrin spends the whole chapter obsessing — annoyingly — over how much everyone has changed and that Rand is, in fact, the Shadowkiller the wolves were talking about. Honestly, I’d be upset too: Perrin got the name Young Bull while Rand gets to be Shadowkiller? That’s like playing superheroes as kids and your friend gets to be Superman while you’re stuck being Jimmy Olsen.
Hurin returns from scouting where the Darkfriends went with the chest. Everyone is shocked at his report — not only does the trail stay within Cairhien, but it leads directly to Lord Barthanes’ manor. Oh, Lord Rand — it looks like you’ve got a party to attend!
Posted on August 27, 2025
Rand’s attempts to avoid the Game of Houses in Cairhien are futile, as he is pushed into a corner by more invitations. His situation goes from bad to worse when he returns to find his inn on fire, the Horn stolen, and Hurin injured, just as his companions arrive.
Back in Cairhien, it is unclear how much time has passed since Rand’s stunt at the Illuminators’ compound, but it has been long enough that everyone is edgy. Each new invitation increases Hurin’s conviction that they must play the Game of Houses in order to survive. To Rand’s dismay, that translates into Hurin fully embracing his role as a doormat.
RAND: I’ll take the next watch when I get back.
HURIN: No need, my Lord.
RAND: I told you not to call me that.
HURIN: Of course, my Lord. How stupid of me. I shall go flog myself.
RAND: No! Will you stop saying things like that?!?
HURIN: As you wish, my Lord.
Rand soon becomes irritated enough to flog Hurin himself, but the innkeeper barges into the room with a tray bearing more invitations. This time they’re from the Barthanes Damodred and from King Galldrian himself. That means they’ve run out of time — soon Rand will have to take a side — or risk becoming a target. On their way to the guardhouse, Rand and Loial brainstorm ways to escape the city, but nothing sounds promising.
The guards still haven’t seen any sign of Ingtar, so they head back to the inn to find it ablaze. It’s funny, because I felt like Rand was pushing his luck when he left Hurin alone at the inn to guard the Horn the first time. But if he’s been habitually leaving Hurin alone with the full knowledge that Fain’s Darkfriends are in the city… dude, what did you think was going to happen? I could leave my front door wide open every night, but then I shouldn’t be shocked when the TV goes missing.
Rand and Loial rush into the burning building. The chest is gone and Hurin is injured. Loial carries him out, and Rand rescues his saddlebags (with the banner of the Dragon inside). Mat, Perrin, Verin, and Ingtar choose this moment to burst onto the scene. If they’d come just an hour earlier, this whole incident would have been avoided. I think it’s pretty obvious who is to blame — Urine, you’re on notice. From where I stand, you look like a Darkfriend sent by the Dark One himself to delay Ingtar’s arrival in Cairhien. You’d better watch yourself, Urine.
Posted on August 27, 2025
On the Almoth Plain, Captain Geofram Bornhald decides to turn his legion against the Seanchan. Meanwhile, Captain Bayle Domon’s ship is captured by the invaders, and he is taken to Falme where a Seanchan High Lord takes possession of the cuendillar disc.
Aw yeah, it’s the Seanchan. They’re finally here.
During my first Wheel of Time read-through, I hated Seanchan chapters. Each one was a long slog through wet snow. In retrospect, of course I hated the Seanchan. You’re supposed to hate them. The thing is, a young, idealistic, fifteen-year-old idiot could not hope to appreciate a good bit of truly heartless villainy. I refuse to let that color my experience this time around. I’m looking forward to the dastardly deeds, the acts of cruelty, the violations of human rights, and the abject displays of being complete and utter assholes. This is an art I had no way to appreciate thirty years ago, but now that I’ve seen enough of the world? Bring it on.
My theory is that the Seanchan owe their existence to Sean Connery. It sounds outlandish, but let’s examine the facts. First of all, let’s dispense with all notions that pronouncing “sea” with a shaw sound came from anywhere except the name Sean. This is is an Irish spelling of the name Jean which was imported to the Emerald Isle when the Normans invaded. So Jordan definitely based the name of an entire people on one weird Gaelic name. Now, how did that name become popular enough that it was even rattling around inside Jordan’s brain? The same way most people in the twentieth century came to know the name Sean — he watched a James Bond film. Still not convinced? The Seanchan are said to speak “with a soft slurring.” Now, a lot of people listen to Sean Connery and think that he simply affected a Scottish brogue, but the distinctive way Connery slurred his “s” sounds was peculiar to him alone. Let’s put all of that together:
- Invaders from overseas
- Seanchan derived from Sean
- The name “Sean” didn’t become popular until Sean Connery became famous
- Idiosyncrasies of Sean Connery’s speech patterns
You’re welcome for clearing all that up. Just don’t blame me if all you can hear is Sean Connery the next time you read some Seanchan dialogue. All I did was connect the dots.
Geofram Bornhald still has his legion scattered throughout to Almoth Plain. His orders were to root out Darkfriends, but he’s pretty sure the real goal is to ignite a war between Tarabon and Arad Domon. Bornhald is tired of it. The only Darkfriends he sees are these invaders coming from overseas and demanding allegiance, so he decides it’s time for his legion to pay them a visit.
Captain Bayle Domon is in a bit of a bind. After deciding to sail for the coast to avoid Darkfriends, he runs right into the Seanchan. This guy can’t catch a break!
Pursued by a Seanchan ship, Domon makes a squirrelly attempt to escape into shallow waters, but a few mystical warning shots dispel his fantasies of escape. Soon the Spray is boarded and we meet Captain Egeanin, a woman who makes Elaida’s company feel like a warm blanket. Egeanin tells Domon that if he truly is but an honest trader, he’ll be allowed his freedom. Right. This is like telling Han Solo he won’t get in trouble, as long as he hasn’t been helping any Rebels.

A seal on the Dark One’s prison, or a tasty treat? You’d better be sure before you bite into this.
They dock at Falme, the Seanchan search the ship, and wouldn’t you know it — that darn disc that got him into so much trouble in Illian turns out to be precisely what Egeanin was hoping to find. Domon still doesn’t know what it is, but even he must have an inkling at this point that it’s not a black-and-white cookie. The Seanchan Captain marches Domon to a manor house in Falme where High Lord Turak is staying. After copious bowing and scraping, Egeanin presents the disc to Turak, then leaves. Turak adds the disc to a large collection of artifacts, explaining to Captain Domon that he collects cuendillar. It makes sense, right? When you’re the High Lord of a conquering empire, stamps aren’t going to impress anybody.
All things considered, Domon actually seems relieved to finally be rid of the disc. He is eager to return to his ship, but Turak refuses to let him leave. Why? Because he’s bored and wants someone interesting to talk to. And Turak is very interested in knowing how Domon came to possess the disc.
Posted on August 25, 2025
On the hunt for the Horn, Ingtar’s party meets an Aielman named Urien. After a brief talk about prophecies and lore, they discover he is searching for the messianic “He Who Comes With the Dawn,” a man who sounds a lot like Rand.
Back in the mountains, Ingtar is still leading his men with Perrin’s input. The wolves are impressed by a certain “Shadowkiller” who came through this way and slaughtered Trollocs. Before they can dissect this information, an Aiel warrior approaches and introduces himself as Urien. Uh– yeah. That is not a typo.
You see, Robert Jordan has a penchant for creatively naming his characters. It’s a stylistic choice that he generally treats with solemnity, but I’m growing convinced that every Wheel of Time book has one character whose name is so ridiculous that Jordan is clearly testing his editors to see what he can get away with. In New Spring it was Caniedrin. In The Eye of the World it was Gelb. And now? Ladies and gentlemen, The Great Hunt would like to introduce: Urien. It takes effort to ignore muscle memory and not type urine. My spell checker hates me and desperately wants to autocorrect. Urien, you poor son of a bitch. What did your parents name the other kid — Fecse?
After we get past some very poorly-disguised Aiel lore dumping, we finally learn that Urine is here on this side of the Spine because he is searching for a man known as “He Who Comes With the Dawn.” The way Urine describes this man, he sounds awfully messianic, and a lot like Rand. Not that they’re going to share intel with a guy who has a name like that, right? So Verin hands him one of those classic Aes Sedai utterances that isn’t quite a lie, and they send him on his way. Onward to Cairhien!
Posted on August 24, 2025
After a Trolloc attack, Rand and Loial seek refuge in an Illuminator’s compound, where Rand is forced to use fireworks to defeat the Trollocs and escape.
The sun is setting. Rand and Loial have been in Cairhien long enough to have grown used to street performers. Much like the dragon dance at a Chinese New Year festival, Cairhienan street performers use poles to control the movements of the Trolloc effigies they parade around the city. As such, nothing seems unusual about the performers… until the Trolloc puppets leap at them with murderous intent. They dispatch the Trollocs, but it’s clear that Fain has his Darkfriends combing the city.
Obviously, Rand needs to get back to the inn and make sure Hurin and the Horn are safe, right? I mean, the fate of the world hinges upon having the Horn for the last battle, so surely Rand would be willing to cut his way through a few more Trollocs to get back to it ASAP. Unfortunately, no! Rand al’Thor, savior of the Light, instead allows himself to be herded toward the outskirts of the city, just to avoid another confrontation with a Trolloc. That’s it. If this guy is our savior, we’re all doomed.
Outside the city, there is a walled-off compound that belongs to the Illuminators. Yes, in the Wheel of Time universe, fireworks are such a big deal that there is an entire guild devoted to crafting them. Loial has heard that they will protect their secrets with violence if necessary, so Loial is understandably leery of Rand’s plan to use their buildings to hide from the Trollocs. Luckily, Selene shows up to grease the wheels. She’s shocked that the man who possesses the Horn of Valere would allow Trollocs to herd him like sheep, and for once, I agree with her completely.
Selene locates a door into the Illuminators’ compound and lets them inside. Sneaking amongst the fireworks, Loial manages to bump one with his big ass and send it screaming into the sky. The compound stirs like an ant nest and they narrowly avoid detection. But Trollocs are sneaking into the compound and sooner or later something has got to give. Selene is thrilled by the danger — and equally upset that Rand isn’t. If he will not embrace greatness, she says, then perhaps he deserves to die. Damn, dude — I know you don’t have a lot of experience with women, but the moment she starts talking like this is when you drop-kick her ass to the curb.
Fortunately, Selene saves him the trouble by abandoning him and Loial in the compound without so much as a goodbye. Rand uses a firework like a medieval bazooka to take out the Trollocs and igniting enough chaos in the compound to allow him and Loial to escape. They head straight back to the inn and find Hurin relaxing unmolested with a pipe in his mouth. It’s too bad Moiraine wasn’t here to see this — blowing up a fireworks factory definitely would have made her to-do list.
Posted on August 22, 2025
After reuniting with Thom Merrilin, Rand attempts to persuade him to rejoin their quest, but Thom, valuing his peaceful life, refuses. This decision leaves Thom with an internal conflict about his loyalties and safety.
Rand grabs Thom’s things, leaves Hurin to guard the Horn, and cajoles Loial into coming with him. Loial doesn’t want to go anywhere since he’s afraid of running into another Ogier, but Rand basically shoves him out the door. At the inn where Thom has a room, a slender woman named Dena answers the door. She is training to become a gleeman, and is Thom’s lover, as evidenced by the long kiss they share when he arrives. Whoa. Thom, you old dog — you’ve done well!
Thom convinces Dena to give them some privacy. Rand introduces Loial to Thom and returns his flute and harp. Then, despite Loial’s misgivings, Rand tells Thom that they have the Horn of Valere. Naturally, this makes Thom laugh — he’s heard the very same thing countless times before and there has never been a shred of truth to it. But even after they get past this, Thom refuses to be a part of it.
At this point, Rand asks Loial to leave the room. Not kidding! Rand forced him to come along, and now he’s tossing Loial out like he’s yesterday’s newspaper. What a dick move. But I guess it’s because Rand wants to talk about the Karaethon Cycle — aka the Prophecies of the Dragon. Thom recites a few interesting snippets from the work, which will no doubt be a joy to come back to later in the series.
This leads nowhere, because all Rand wants is to rope Thom in. But Thom only risked his neck for the Emond’s Field boys when he thought one of them might be a channeler — like his nephew was — and in danger of being gentled in the same way. But if the Aes Sedai let Rand go? In a twist of brilliant dramatic irony, Thom refuses to help. Thom values the life he has built in Cairhien too much to risk blowing it up for the messiah of the Light. That’s like refusing to pick up a hitchhiking Jesus because the beard wasn’t convincing.
Thom insists that this be their last meeting, and bids him farewell. But still he thinks about it, convincing himself that it isn’t his problem. Uh oh, Dena. This isn’t looking so good for you.
Posted on August 22, 2025
Rand and his group arrive in Cairhien, a city dominated by the political game of Daes Dae’mar. Rand struggles to navigate the subtle political landscape but, by sheer luck, finds Thom Merrilin performing in the city.
Rand rides into Cairhien flanked by his armed escort. This is Moiraine’s hometown, and in New Spring she was terrified of the prospect that the Aes Sedai might use her noble standing to gain influence in Cairhien politics — more famously known as Daes Dae’mar, the Game of Houses.
Hurin has been to Cairhien before, so he steps in as Rand’s advisor whenever he makes a political faux pas. And boy, are they easy to make. To picture what the Game is like, begin with the advice Machiavelli gave royalty in The Prince, then take it to the extreme. Nobody is exempt! Murder, deception, manipulation, favors, insults, betrayals — everything a person does is in service of increasing his or her House’s standing. Appearance is everything! Nobody is genuine. Power is the ultimate goal. This is what you would get if you took the most cliquish high-school students and commanded them to build a government.
Rand makes futile attempts to tell everyone he isn’t playing the game, but everyone is so indoctrinated that all they see is a foreigner who looks like an Aiel and is definitely trying to trick them. Given everything that happened twenty years ago during the Aiel War, this is not a good look. Rand, you’d better watch your back, my friend.
None of this stops Rand from making a reckless foray into the city, where he just happens to stumble upon a theater house where Thom Merrilin is performing. Right — in a city of half a million people, you just happen to bump into your old gleeman friend. That is some amazing luck. As happy as the reunion is, Thom wastes no time telling Rand he’ll be happier when he gets his flute and harp back, so they arrange to meet when Thom is done performing.
Posted on August 21, 2025
Egwene’s arrival at the White Tower brings her into contact with old and new faces, including Elayne, Min, Gawyn, and a sinister Elaida, all of whom seem to have a vested interest in the boys from Emond’s Field.
An Accepted named Pedra shows Egwene to her room in the White Tower. Egwene sticks out her tongue at Pedra’s back — proving the novice quarters are exactly where she belongs.
Egwene’s roommate turns out to be Elayne, whom we have not seen since Chapter 40: The Web Tightens in The Eye of the World. Introductions are fast and easy because they both sort of know each other through Rand. Heading out of their room, Egwene and Elayne encounter Logain, who is a mere wisp of what he used to be. Egwene shares that Rand went off riding with Shienaran soldiers, but obviously keeps the whole channeling business to herself.
In the garden, Egwene meets Min again, who is here at Moiraine’s insistence. Gawyn shows up with Galad in tow, and immediately Egwene understands every bad decision ever made in the history of romance. Before things can escalate to marriage proposals, Elaida shows up and chases the men away. Ever since their encounter in Queen Morgase’s court, Elaida has developed a bit of an obsession with finding out everything she can about Rand. On the one hand, it’s understandable since she could tell he’ll be a force for change in the world. On the other, Elaida is a member of the Red Ajah, and that’s kind of like belonging to Jehovah’s Witnesses — their members are extremely devout, and everyone else just wants them to stay the fuck away.
Unfortunately, it’s easy for an Aes Sedai to tell two novices to get lost. Uh oh, Min — you just got stuck with answering the front door.
Posted on August 21, 2025
Nynaeve undergoes the Accepted test, facing her greatest fears in a series of visions within a three-arched ter’angreal, and earns her new rank despite loudly proclaiming her hatred for Aes Sedai.
Sheriam Sedai is leading Nynaeve down to the chamber where Aes Sedai rituals are held. We have already seen Moiraine take her test to become Aes Sedai here in New Spring, and we also saw her and Siuan take their oaths here the next day. Nynaeve is here to take a test that will raise her to Accepted if she passes. A ter’angreal dominates the room: three silver arches just tall enough to walk through, all fused into one unbroken piece and set evenly around a circular base. Sheriam explains that inside each arch Nynaeve will face her greatest fears about her past, her present, and her future. I don’t like where this is going — if Nynaeve meets any ghosts inside of this thing, I’m throwing the book across the room.
Inside the first arch, Nynaeve finds herself naked and in a maze whose corridors look exactly like the inside of the maze in Labyrinth (1986). Nynaeve runs through the maze, trying to find a way out before Aginor appears and stands in her way. Embarrassed by her nudity, she runs away, but Aginor keeps pace and makes lewd remarks. Finally, Nynaeve gets mad enough to channel and flips the script—hurling fire and lightning until Aginor is the one running scared. It takes her on a power trip, and she’s ready to overwhelm him when she sees a silver arch off to one side. Recalling that the way out would only appear once, Nynaeve reluctantly abandons her pursuit and steps through the arch.
In the next arch, Nynaeve’s guilt over leaving Emond’s Field takes center stage. It’s a dystopian vision where the new Wisdom has turned out to be a wicked woman who causes misery rather than helping and healing the villagers. Worst of all, Bran al’Vere is dead and Cenn Bui has been elected Mayor. In the third arch, the nation of Malkier has somehow been revived with Lan and Nynaeve ruling the nation as King and Queen. Having to turn her back first on her compatriots and then on a perfect vision of domestic bliss leaves Nynaeve in tears, loudly proclaiming that she hates all Aes Sedai.
Having passed the trial, Nynaeve becomes an Accepted.
Posted on August 20, 2025
Moiraine is in Tifan’s Well researching something. She reveals that Lan’s bond will pass to Myrelle if she should die. Lan saves Moiraine from a Dragkhar.
Moiraine and Lan visit a pair of Aes Sedai sisters in the farming town of Tifan’s Well, where she’s fruitlessly digging through books for some elusive scrap of information. She looks over at Lan and waxes nostalgic about the first time they met. Finally, this is it! I was thinking of this conversation when I wrote about Chapter 19: Pond Water from New Spring. Even after all these years, Moiraine has yet to receive an apology from Lan. She segues into asking him how he feels about being bonded to her, and reveals that she has made arrangements to have his bond passed to another Aes Sedai if she should perish. Which Aes Sedai, you may ask? Myrelle! That’s right — conjure-ice-into-naughty-places, rub-ointment-all-over-her-injured-sisters-naked-bodies Myrelle. Only now it’s Myrelle Sedai of the Green Ajah. Oh, Lan — I hope you still like to party as much as you did back in your Cairhien days!
Lan is understandably uncomfortable with the idea of Moiraine handing his leash off to another Aes Sedai, so he stalks off to do something manly. Moiraine is left to contemplate how Nynaeve has insinuated her way into Lan’s heart, leaving his loyalties in doubt. Of course, as hard as Robert Jordan tries to leave it ambiguous, there is no hard evidence that Moiraine has an intimate relationship with Lan, so should it really come as a surprise that a woman like Nynaeve can swoop in and wrap him around her finger? Frankly, I’m surprised it hasn’t happened sooner.
Moiraine goes out into the garden to contemplate the information she’s seeking. She hears footsteps behind her, and comes face to face with a Dragkhar! In The Eye of the World, we only saw them from a distance, wheeling about in the sky. Here, up close, they’re creepy in an almost Dracula-esque way — but instead of sucking blood, they feed on souls. Unfortunately, despite Moiraine’s talk earlier about transferring Lan’s bond to Myrelle, the situation just doesn’t feel that tense. It’s like in a Saturday morning cartoon where the main character is being lowered into a pit of lava before it fades to black. You don’t spend the whole commercial break biting your nails because you know damn well the show isn’t going to kill them. So yawn, Lan shows up and kills the Dragkhar. You know, dude — you could have just let the Dragkhar have her and gone off to party with Myrelle. I’d be sick of Moiraine’s bullshit after all these years too.
Posted on August 18, 2025
At the inn, Rand does a piss-poor job of maintaining a low profile. He gets a cold bed, a warm meal, and an armed escort to Cairhien in the morning — which may not have his best interests in mind. Selene disappeared in the night.
When Rand walks into The Nine Rings, he has given up on dispelling anyone’s illusions that he is a lord. Selene is his lady, and Loial and Hurin are little more than footmen — which serves all of them just fine. Selene is back to acting cold and distant, as though she and Rand were lovers who had just had an argument.
The proprietress spots Thom’s flute and asks Rand if Hurin would play for them. She apologizes when Rand clarifies he’s the one who plays, but he insists on performing — he’s missed it. The music gets the soldiers in the room singing, and when it is all done, Captain Caldevwin of the Cairhienan royal guard introduces himself. When Caldevwin asks Selene’s name, a serving girl conveniently drops an oil lamp. By the time the fire is put out, Selene asks for her room — her own room, separate from Rand’s. Great job keeping a low profile, everyone.
Caldevwin says that the statue holding the sphere is to be transported to Cairhien as a symbol of King Galladrian’s greatness. On learning that Rand is headed for Cairhien, he insists they travel in the company of soldiers he is rotating back to Cairhien. It’s one of those Cairhienan offers of aid peculiar to Game of Houses politicking — ostensibly benign (but maybe it isn’t!), and there is no way to decline it without coming across as untrusting or downright suspicious.
Rand spends the night in a room with Loial and Hurin. In the morning he receives a note from Selene saying that she doesn’t like Caldevwin and that she will be waiting in Cairhien. You see, Rand — this is what happens when you argue with a woman. Even when you win, you lose, and now look who gets to travel alone with Commander Elricain Tavolin and fifty Cairhienan soldiers, all the while having Loial pretend that this big honking chest is filled with his books. You do, Rand. You do.
Posted on August 18, 2025
Rand rebuffs Selene’s charms, gets hypnotized by a giant crystal ball, freaks out his companions, and leads them into the village of Tremonsien.
Rand keeps his group moving through the night toward Cairhien. They stop at dawn to rest, and Selene doubles down on her “coquettishly petulant” shtick.
SELENE: I want to see the Horn, Loial.
Remarkably, Rand grows a pair.
RAND: No, Loial. I want to keep the dagger sealed.
SELENE: But Lord Rand. I just want to see it. I don’t even have to touch it. Unless you want me to.
But still Rand refuses, earning him a cold shoulder. The terrain eventually levels out and signs of civilization become more frequent. Selene and Rand butt heads over whether to stay at the village inn, and Rand is in the middle of insisting on it when the setting sun glints off something to their left.

The Awakening
A precipitous drop into an excavation site reveals a statue peeking out of the earth. It sounds a lot like The Awakening, except with a gigantic crystal ball held in its hand. The crystal hypnotizes Rand. He feels as though the light inside sings and dances “to the song of saidin.” Selene urges him to come away from the ledge, but he is enchanted, and is only able to break free by uttering an Aiel oath against the Dark One.
Having thoroughly freaked out his traveling companions, Rand leads them into Tremonsien to seek lodging.
Posted on August 17, 2025
Egged on by Selene, Rand and Loial sneak into Padan Fain’s camp, steal the Horn and the dagger, and slay several Trollocs as they escape.
While Rand’s group watches for Padan Fain’s passage, Selene flirts with the men mercilessly.
RAND: Selene, why are you digging through my bags?
SELENE: It’s my dress, Lord Rand. I’ve been wearing it too long and I need to take it off and brush it. Perhaps I could wear one of your manly shirts?
Rand gives her a shirt from his saddlebag and gallantly turns around. When she is finished, he immediately begins ogling her legs. Damn, this dude really needs to get laid.
RAND: Ah… I…
SELENE: Oh, thank you, Lord Rand. You are destined for great things.
RAND: Ah… uh…
HURIN: Lord Rand! They– [drops to his knees] Forgive me, my lady. I shall go flog myself.
RAND: Hurin, what is it?
Hurin reports seeing fire a few miles down the slopes. At Selene’s urging, Rand takes Loial to check out the encampment. When they get close enough, it is apparent that everyone is asleep. Even the sentries. Where did they learn to do their jobs? The Saturday Morning Cartoons School of Villainy?
Rand is basically able to stroll into the camp, pluck the dagger from the top of the chest, direct a lumbering Ogier to pick up the chest holding the Horn of Valere, and walk out. They’re a good thirty seconds gone before the alarm is raised, and Rand cuts down all the Trollocs that get in their way like their made of paper mache.
When they get back to their comp, Selene knows exactly how to open the chest. She’s about to reach in when Rand plucks the Horn out and holds it above his head to pose for the book’s cover shot. Then he tucks it back in the chest, along with the Shadar Logoth dagger.
The next thing Selene says, I shit you not, is: “And now I mean to finish what is left of my night’s sleep.” Oh, sure. An army of Trollocs commanded by a deranged lunatic is actively searching the area for us, so of course, let’s get some sleep! Luckily, Rand is still capable of independent thought, so he insists on putting as much distance between them and Fain as possible.
Posted on August 17, 2025
Just before arriving in Tar Valon, the Amyrlin Seat visits Nynaeve and Egwene in their stateroom aboard the River Queen to give them a lesson in the One Power.
In their stateroom aboard the River Queen, Egwene and Nynaeve are indulging in their own misery. Nynaeve can’t keep her stomach settled, and Egwene keeps having dreams suggesting that Rand is in trouble. If these two really are the most powerful recruits the Aes Sedai have found in years, I think the forces of the Light are in trouble.
Siuan visits and says she’ll give them a lesson in the One Power. This consists primarily of provoking Nynaeve into getting angry enough to channel, until she finally slams Siuan against the wall. When Siuan finally leaves, Nynaeve is so spitting mad that she throws a pillow against the door and calls her a hag. Nice attitude! With diplomacy skills like that, she is surely destined for great things.
The boat arrives at Tar Valon, and Sheriam Sedai shows up to escort Egwene and Nynaeve to the White Tower.
Posted on August 16, 2025
Rand uses a Portal Stone to escape a grolm attack. The group returns to their own world, where they realize they have jumped ahead of Fain’s party.
Rand moves to take out the grolm with his bow, but Selene says it’s an unnecessary risk and insists that if he would come with her to the Portal Stone, they could escape. But Rand stubbornly stands his ground and dispatches the monsters, landing an arrow perfectly in each one.
Good job, dude! Now, if only you were half as skilled at dealing with women as you are at archery, you’d know that there are certain arguments you just can’t win. Barely a moment passes before they hear many more grolm headed their way. It is more than Rand could possibly kill, so he capitulates and follows Selene to a Portal Stone nestled into the base of Kinslayer’s Dagger.
Selene singles out a rune on the Portal Stone and says it signifies the real world. Rand concentrates on it, embraces saidin, and manages to transport everyone back to their true reality. Selene believes that what Hurin smelled in the other reality was “future echoes” of where the Horn of Valere is going to be. If that’s true, using the Portal Stone was a masterstroke in dumb luck that catapulted them ahead of Padan Fain. The group hurries to find a place to camp and watch for the Trolloc army.
Posted on August 16, 2025
The group discovers they’ve landed in a bleak alternate reality that seems twisted toward the Shadow. They rescue a woman named Selene, whose charm and mysterious knowledge quickly cause them to let their guard down.
Rand, Loial, and Hurin press on and spot a spire in the distance. At first they believe it is a spire Artur Hawkwing built hundreds of years ago to commemorate a victory of the Light over the Shadow. The monument has long since crumbled in the real world, but it stands here still. However, coming closer, they realize that it is a raven emblazoned on the top — not a hawk. Uh oh. The Trollocs won in this reality. As if that weren’t disconcerting enough, Loial points out that they are in sight of Kinslayer’s Dagger — a mountain range that should have taken them three days to reach. Hmm… a place where time and distance are funny and nothing seems right. Don’t worry, everybody. I’m sure the resemblance to the Ways is merely superficial!
This happy chain of thought is broken when a woman’s scream shatters the silence. Rand carelessly rushes toward the sound and is met by the sight of a woman barely holding a huge bear/frog thing at bay with a tree branch.

The damsel and the Gleeok
It’s time for a brief aside. When I was a child in the 1980s, Nintendo created a cartoon — The Legend of Zelda — based on the video game of the same name. It was one of those curiosities that never would have been green-lit today, portraying Link as a horny, lazy, sarcastic smart-ass who is always trying to get into Zelda’s pants… or at least get her to kiss him. In one episode, a monster disguised to look like an attractive woman heads into the woods and contrives a situation where she is in danger from a Gleeok. Link’s reputation as a womanizer is well-known, so he won’t be able to resist coming to her aid, thus falling into her trap.
So thanks, Nintendo — even when I first read The Great Hunt in 1995, I knew exactly what this woman’s game was when Rand planted an arrow in the monster’s eye and “saved” the damsel in distress. Unfortunately, Rand never had Saturday morning cartoons.
The woman introduces herself as Selene, and she says the monster Rand killed is called a grolm. Right off the bat I’m suspicious of this woman because her name is — honest to God — the first Robert Jordan character name my spell checker actually recognizes since Mat was first introduced. Selene explains that she is a noblewoman from Cairhien and came to this world accidentally, the same way the men did. And honestly, who cares about the rest, because everyone present is instantly enamored by her womanly charm.
SELENE: Oh, Lord Rand — won’t you help a poor, lost damsel in distress find her way back home?
LOIAL: Uh–
HURIN: [drool]
RAND: Of course, my lady.
SELENE: Who are you tracking?
Hurin, operating in full think-with-his-dick mode, says this verbatim:
HURIN: Darkfriends and Trollocs, my Lady. They did murder in Fal Dara keep and stole the Horn of Valere, my Lady, but Lord Rand will fetch it back.
Thanks, Hurin. Thanks for spilling all of our beans, motherfucker.
SELENE: I’ve always dreamed of holding it with my hands. Promise me, when you have it, you will let me touch it.
LOIAL: Duh–
HURIN: [nods, nearly panting like a dog]
RAND: Of course, my Lady. You can touch it however you like.
After getting Selene mounted on her horse, Rand practically has to slap Hurin upside the head before he will snap to his senses and pick up the trail again.
Selene notices Rand’s injured palm and quickly heals it with a salve, leading Rand to ask if she is Aes Sedai. She is unable to mask her contempt as she refuses to be compared to Aes Sedai. They are cowardly weaklings, she says.
Selene says that the Ways were indeed inspired by worlds like the one they are in. She read this in a book called Mirrors of the Wheel. According to it, time and space work differently in each world, and there is an infinite number of variations. There are even worlds where you can meet a different version of yourself. Wow, OK. This is definitely straight up borrowing the many-worlds theory from quantum mechanics. Physics nerds, enjoy yourselves, because this is probably as close to Einsteinian physics as Wheel of Time is going to get. I think it’s for the best that this remains unexplored, though — this story is complicated enough without bringing infinity into the picture.
Selene continually hints at Rand becoming a legend and achieving greatness, and even though it annoys him, he finds himself infatuated with her. She’s such a beautiful, smart, brave woman — what more could a man ask from a wife? Whoa, dude — did you use the W-word? You just met this chick today.
Selene wants Rand to take her to the Portal Stone that brought her to this world, but Hurin says the trail is leading in the other direction. They don’t get to finish hashing out what to do next because a pack of five grolm headed straight for them.
Posted on August 15, 2025
Stranded in an alternate reality, Rand, Loial, and Hurin track Fain’s party. Rand is tormented by Ba’alzamon in a nightmare, which ends with a heron-mark brand on his hand.
Rand, Loial, and Hurin are stranded in a world that is eerily devoid of animal life. The water is drinkable but flat, and the whole place feels like it’s been washed in sepia. As the day wears on, Hurin doesn’t inspire confidence that he knows what he is doing. He claims to still have the scent, but keeps talking about how the trail feels vague and faint.
Loial stops to sing to a tree, using his mystical powers to create a quarterstaff from its wood. He explains that it is unusual for Ogier to carry weapons, but this place freaks him out. According to him, the land felt “glad” for a weapon to have been made.
When they make camp for the night, Rand takes the first watch. Fog rolls in, and Ba’alzamon takes the opportunity to torment Rand in what feels just like a standard-issue Wheel of Time nightmare sequence. When all of it vanishes, Rand finds that the hilt of his sword grew so hot that the heron mark has been branded onto the palm of his hand. Ouch! If I were him, I would be wondering whether Ba’alzamon really did visit me, or if I hallucinated it and used the One Power to heat my sword to red-hot temperatures. That’s the tricky thing about going mad — objectivity isn’t really a part of your arsenal anymore.
Posted on August 15, 2025
With Hurin gone, Ingtar reluctantly turns to Perrin’s wolfbrother senses to track Fain — and Verin’s sudden appearance only deepens the mystery.
We haven’t had a Perrin chapter since — ah, hell, I don’t know when, but it wasn’t in this book. This feels like begrudgingly giving Perrin a chapter — with Hurin exiled to an alternate reality, Wolf Boy is Ingtar’s only hope of finding Padan Fain’s.
And boy, does Ingtar need some hope. He’s in utter disbelief that Rand, Loial, and Hurin appear to have simply up and vanished. He commands his men to repeatedly search the area whilst quietly freaking out about how the hell he’s going to know where to go now.
Perrin reaches out to the wolves, and they answer. He learns that killing two Whitecloaks has earned him respect with the wolves, and they have named him Young Bull. The wolves are eager to hunt and kill the Trollocs, so Perrin tells Ingtar about his ability. Fortunately, wolves are seen favorably in the borderlands, and Ingtar even knows Elyas. But not everyone is comfortable with this “wolfbrother” business, so they decide to tell the men that Perrin is a sniffer, like Hurin. Mat is predictably flippant about this, but even he can’t argue with the results as Perrin leads them to the site of the Trollocs’ most recent slaughter.
Just as they come upon the gruesome scene, Verin Sedai gallops up to the group. She says Moiraine sent her, and she asks after Rand. Why did Moiraine send her? More importantly, how the hell was Verin able to find Ingtar’s group so easily?!? If she’s that good at tracking, why not have her point the way to Padan Fain? As usual, burning questions like this go unasked and unanswered.
Posted on August 14, 2025
Rand, Loial, and Hurin wake up in a dead, sun-bleached knockoff of their world, and Rand realizes he is responsible. They decide to follow Fain in hopes of returning to their own reality.
Rand, Loial, and Hurin awaken to find themselves alone in a place that is eerily like home, but wrong in ways they can’t quite name. They slept near a mysterious stone carved with runes. When they laid down, the stone was toppled and half buried in the ground, but now stands erect. Ingtar and the rest of the men from Fal Dara are nowhere to be seen. The world feels subdued and lifeless. Massive tracts of scorched earth mottle the land, and white contrails scar the sky.
As usual, Loial seems to know something about this place. He says that the Stone is something the Aes Sedai in the Age of Legends could use to travel between “worlds that might be.” Oh, I see where this is going… the gang accidentally fell into an Einstein-Rosen-Podolsky Bridge and is doomed to slide between alternate realities in the multiverse, right? Hopefully this works out better than it did for Jerry O’Connell and friends.
Rand, for his part, seems pretty darn sure that he somehow accidentally channeled in his sleep and brought them here. But since Loial and Hurin aren’t members of the I-Know-Who-The-Dragon-Is Club, he can’t tell them that. Instead, he puts on a brave face and tries to convince his companions that everything will be OK. Unfortunately, he is unable to use the Stone to get them back to reality.
Luckily, Hurin says that he is still able to discern the Trollocs’ trail. He says it is faint and pale like everything else, as though he is remembering having smelled it instead of actually smelling it. So Rand decides that Plan B is to track Fain and company in this Bizarro World and hope that they know how to get back. Hah! Somehow, even the vaguest notion of getting this information from a guy like Fain feels excruciatingly naive. It strikes a chord that feels identical to the moment Bill and Ted first saw the phone booth:
TED: How are you gonna help us?
BILL: Yeah, are you gonna call someone and get the answers?
Go ahead, Rand. Strike up a conversation with Fain and ask him what the trick to using the Stones is. I want to see what happens.
Posted on August 14, 2025
On the road to Tar Valon, Nynaeve’s channeling block is overcome by her rage, and Egwene has a premonition of Rand in danger. The chapter ends with the mysterious departure of Moiraine, Liandrin, and Verin.

Nynaeve Smash!
Egwene and Nynaeve travel with the Aes Sedai toward Tar Valon. One evening, Verin stops by their tent to offer a lesson in channeling. She says that wilders like Nynaeve usually have mental blocks that prevent them from channeling, and Nynaeve discovers that she is able to touch the One Power by becoming angry. Which makes her the mystical version of the Incredible Hulk: Nynaeve mad! Nynaeve smash with One Power!
Egwene has a dream that leaves her with a premonition that Rand is in danger. Strangely, Jordan tells rather than shows. Usually, when a character has a dream, we’re trapped inside it for six pages of cryptic nonsense. This time? One paragraph and done. I’m not complaining — we may have missed details, but we got to keep our sanity. It sounds like Ba’alzamon and Lanfear were probably in the dream. So yeah, bitch — Rand’s in danger. What’s new?
The traveling party reaches the River Mora where they will board boats to Tar Valon. Egwene wants to speak with Moiraine about her dream, but Anaiya Sedai says she’s out of luck — Moiraine, Liandrin, and Verin have all slipped away without so much as a goodbye.
Posted on August 13, 2025
Rand discovers he is second in command after Ingtar, who hands him a bundle from Moiraine containing the Dragon banner. When Mat and Perrin discover him with it, they learn that he is the Dragon Reborn. Separately, Padan Fain is revealed as the one who killed the Fade, gloating that Rand is now chasing him.
The men make camp early that day, probably to make up for how shaken the tableau in the village left them. It’s not every day you see a Fade pinned to a door like a moth in a schoolchild’s science project, and the mind naturally tries to figure out what could do that. So let’s examine the clues. It has been suggested that the only things more powerful than Fades are the Forsaken and the Dark One himself, and nearly every chapter drops hints about a watcher or a woman who is there one moment and gone the next. Combine that with the prophecy about Lews Therin’s crazy ex-girlfriend escaping Shayol Ghul, and it’s practically a foregone conclusion that Lanfear is about to crash the party.
Unfortunately, Rand doesn’t quite get that far in his analysis. When he asks what could kill a Fade like that, Ingtar dodges the question by handing over a bundle from Moiraine. Ingtar explains that Rand was named as second in command, at Moiraine’s guidance — so if Ingtar should fall, it’s Rand who is leading the men. Uh oh — Ingtar, buddy, I hate to break it to you, but you are definitely gonna die in this book.
Rand carries the bundle into the woods to examine it privately. It turns out to be exactly what he feared — Lews Therin’s banner of the Dragon. Scarcely has it been unwrapped for a minute before Mat and Perrin appear. They’re ready to tease him about people treating him like a lord, but seeing the banner knocks the wind out of their sails.
RAND: Moiraine says I’m the Dragon Reborn. But I won’t let her use me.
PERRIN: Rand, can you channel?
RAND: I can’t help it.
MAT: Holy shit, they’re going to name us Darkfriends and kill us!
As usual, Perrin plays diplomat and tries to get Mat to calm down, but you can feel the shift — Rand isn’t just “Rand from down the road” anymore, he’s the Dragon Reborn. And once your friends find out you’re the messiah, forget it: the last twenty years might as well have been a costume party. Suddenly you’re not the guy they talk sheep prices with; you’re the guy who heals the sick, fulfills ancient prophecies, and accidentally immolates a meadow. Kiss those late night chats about village girls and harvest seasons goodbye. Now it’s going to be, ‘Hey, remember that time you accidentally incinerated a whole village while trying to light a campfire?'”
Meanwhile, Padan Fain is gloating, but not for the reasons you’d think. It turns out I gave him way too much credit by assuming he’d be competent enough to separate the Horn from the Trollocs and the dagger. No, Fain is gloating because now Rand is chasing him, a role reversal that Fain finds absolutely delicious.
He’s got a whole contingent of Trollocs and Darkfriends at his command, all obeying out of sheer, pants-wetting terror. In the last village, it was Fain who murdered the Fade with the dagger and nailed him to the door. It was the ultimate “first day in prison” move, a spectacular show of force that made it clear to everyone just how unhinged he really is. With a resume like that, neither Trolloc nor Darkfriend dares challenge his command.
Posted on August 12, 2025
Ingtar’s men pursue the Trollocs, while Rand’s friends keep their distance. Rand experiences a terrifying, time-looping moment in a village before Ingtar’s men find a dead Fade nailed to a door.
Mat and Perrin continue to avoid Rand like he has the Black Death. Ingtar pushes hard, and they are constantly changing direction to keep on the Trollocs’ trail, periodically finding abandoned camps or the bodies of victims. It’s almost too perfect, like the Trollocs are running them in circles while the Horn slips away somewhere else — which is exactly how I’d do it if I worked in Evil Logistics.
Honestly, for such a long chapter, there isn’t much to say. There’s an abandoned village, the river Erinin to cross, and a tree where a couple of guys from Fal Dara who were probably Darkfriends are found skinned and hanging from the branches of a tree. Our mystery watcher shows up at one point, vanishing in the next moment.
The most eventful part of the chapter comes when the trail leads to yet another abandoned village. Rand steps inside one of the houses and gets… stuck? He seems to be repeatedly reliving a moment in time when the shit hit the fan. A family is peacefully enjoying dinner when they are suddenly stricken by horror as their house is invaded by something frightening. Rand blinks, finding himself back in the room, unable to move. He blinks again and relives the exact same scene as before. Another blink, and he’s held immobile back in the present, only it’s colder and the flies on the food are more numerous. He relives the moment again and again in a hellish pastiche of Groundhog Day, with the room growing colder and the flies multiplying every time. Finally, he can’t take any more and he channels saidin to break himself free. Nobody else seems to have had any such trouble, so Rand wisely keeps his mouth shut and looks on the bright side: this day couldn’t possibly get any worse, right?
That’s when Ingtar’s men discover a dead Fade that has been nailed to a door in the center of town.
Posted on August 11, 2025
The Great Hunt for the Horn departs Fal Dara with a sniffer named Hurin, someone tries to kill the Amyrlin (or maybe Rand), and Bayle Domon decides the best way to deal with trouble is to sail in the opposite direction.
Everyone gears up to ride out. Rand, Mat, and Perrin will accompany Ingtar’s men to chase after the Horn and the dagger. Rand tries to apologize to Mat and Perrin, but they just ignore him. Not that you can blame them — nobody ever reacts favorably to “I’ve got a secret, but I can’t tell you, and it’s for your own good.” Loial, on the other hand, is his usual magnanimous self. This dude is such a teddy bear that you could probably cut off one of his fingers on purpose, and he would be forgiving you in his next breath.
Then Lan shows up at Rand’s side. After that gooey, romantic exchange with Nynaeve, he must feel compelled to reassert his manly image as an emotionless slab of rock, so he imparts one final lesson: Sheathing the Sword. He says it’s when you allow the enemy to stab you “when the price is worth the gain.” Uh oh. Someone call Mr. Chekhov — we’ve just mounted a sword on the wall, and I don’t like where this is going.
Before anyone can get underway, an arrow zips in front of Rand’s face, grazes the Amyrlin’s arm, and you can almost hear the Wilhelm scream when it kills a soldier.
EVERYONE PRESENT: Gosh, I hate it when that happens.
It looks like a failed attempt to assassinate the Amyrlin Seat — but Siuan somehow believes Rand was the intended target.
On the way out of town, Ingtar introduces Rand to Hurin, who is a sniffer. This dude can literally smell death and violence, so he can track the Trollocs that stole the Horn. Now, Fain is with them, so arguably, anyone with an olfactory bulb and one working nostril should be able to track this crowd. But Hurin is actually sensing the latent spiritual energy left by acts of violence. Or something. It doesn’t involve channeling, but we’re given nothing else to help us understand the ability. Not unlike the X-Men, it’s just this “superpower” that he has. What shall we call him? The Sniffer? Poor Min and Perrin have been ignored to the point of being secondary characters at this point. I think we should get this Hurin guy together with Perrin “Wolf Dude” Aybara and Min “Future Girl” Farshaw so they can all fight crime together.
Then we’re ripped away from the Great Hunt and into the company of the good Captain Bayle Domon. We haven’t seen him since he dropped Rand and Mat off at Whitebridge in The Eye of the World, but I guess he finished making his way down the river to Illian. Domon was being chased by Trollocs when we first met him, and his life has not improved much since then.
Men from Cairhien meet him in a quiet pub and offer him a big bag of money. They want him to travel to Mayene and deliver a sealed letter to the Port Captain there, where he will receive additional funds and take on a passenger back to Illian. Despite being warned not to open the letter, Domon does it anyway. And yikes — it’s supposedly from the King of Cairhien, saying the bearer of the letter is a Darkfriend who should be killed immediately. So he does what any reasonable man would do, and instructs his crew to sail in the opposite direction, toward Tomon Head. He’s not certain what his enemy’s motives are… but my guess is it might have something to do with that unbroken seal on the Dark One’s prison nestled in Captain Domon’s collection of rare treasure.
Posted on August 8, 2025
Rand stands before the Amyrlin, who reveals she knows his secret and confirms his identity as the Dragon Reborn. Meanwhile, Nynaeve and Lan’s relationship progresses as usual — in awkward, stilted jolts.
Rand finally stands before the Amyrlin. She begins softly, saying Mat and Perrin will ride with Agelmar to retrieve the Horn and the dagger. Does Rand wish to accompany them? Of course he does, Rand says. Gosh, that was easy. Well, I’ll just be going now, Ms. Amyrlin Seat…
SIUAN: I know you can channel, boy.
Rand’s head spins as he hears this from the Amyrlin Seat.
SIUAN: You’ll need to learn to control it — you’re the Dragon Reborn.
Moiraine rehashes the events of New Spring and other events that led her to Emond’s Field. They won’t gentle him, says Siuan, because the alternative is to watch the world burn. No pressure, Rand! You do you!
Nynaeve and Lan reconcile. Lan gives her his Malkier signet ring, calling her mashiara — beloved of heart and soul.

I think this was the inspiration for the Nynaeve/Lan pairing.
Okay, fine. I guess that makes Nynaeve and Lan kind of sort of an item? If you don’t count the fact that he’s bonded to the woman Nynaeve hates? I don’t know, this whole romance seems to have sprung out of nowhere. But maybe I was just sleep-walking through the relevant material, so let’s review.
In The Eye of the World, Lan is impressed by Nynaeve’s tracking skills in Chapter 16: The Wisdom. Then they bicker in Chapter 19: Shadow’s Waiting, and in Chapter 21: Listen to the Wind Nynaeve sneaks up on Lan and Moiraine’s camp, and she’s extremely smug at Lan not realizing she was there. It’s all so… childish. Does that mean their romance is like Sorsha and Madmartigan from Willow? It sort of makes sense, but here’s the thing: in Willow, Madmartigan’s face gets sprinkled with the Dust of Broken Heart, which is why he becomes infatuated with Sorsha. What’s Lan’s excuse?
Nothing else happens between them for the longest time, and then in Chapter 47: More Tales of the Wheel Nynaeve learns that Lan is king of the dead nation of Malkier. And let’s just say, this seems to change everything. Lan? A king? Now Nynaeve simply must have him, so she stops just short of proposing marriage in Chapter 48: The Blight. Maybe Nynaeve got hit by the Dust of Broken Heart? Or maybe this is just clumsy character development? Either way, this reeks of hand-waving.
But hey, let’s be happy for the couple. At least they are going to get to be together on the way to the White Tower. Rand and Egwene, on the other hand, say a tearful goodbye as everyone prepares to depart Fal Dara.
Posted on August 7, 2025
Mat still isn’t cured, and his Shadar Logoth fuck-up could have world-ending consequences if he doesn’t get the dagger back. The Trollocs left a prophecy in the dungeon, hinting at Lanfear being free. Verin deduces that Siuan and Moiraine have discovered the Dragon.
Moiraine, Siuan, and Verin labor tirelessly through the night to rid Mat of his evil curse. Looks like we can finally close the book on this Shadar Logoth plot line, right? Wrong! Mat is still going to die within months unless the dagger is retrieved and the Aes Sedai do a “for reals this time” exorcism. This isn’t even the strongest reason to get the dagger back, either — Verin Sedai says that the evil of Shadar Logoth will infect the dagger’s bearer, who will in turn infect others. Sorry, Beetlejuice, but I think this Mordeth guy might actually be the ghost with the most.
Verin raises an interesting related question: if the dagger curses whoever carries it, then how can it be transported back to Tar Valon? Moiraine is quick on the answer — just send Mat! She was going to send Mat gallivanting off to Illian anyway, so why not send him along with Agelmar to retrieve the dagger? Everyone decides that this plan suits them just fine. What does Mat think about that plan? Who gives a fuck?
Next Verin produces a transcription of a prophecy that was written on the dungeon wall in blood during the raid. And damn, it is long. Did the Dark One commission Homer to write this drivel? My question is, who had time to write this opus on the wall in blood? It would be hard enough if you had a can of spray paint and half an hour to spare.
Most of the prophecy isn’t even worth discussing, at least not here, but Verin notes that the reference to Daughter of the Night can only mean Lanfear. She is one of the Foresaken, and was Lews Therin Telamon’s lover before he married his wife, Ilyena. Oh, fantastic. Imagine getting stalked by your past incarnation’s ex-girlfriend — Rand is in for a treat.
A brief sidebar on Foresaken naming. The chapter claims that most of the Foresaken “had been named by those they betrayed.” What the hell does that mean? Ishamael, Aginor, and Balthamel were named by their victims? “Hey there, I’m about to kill you and your family, but if you could fill out a quick survey first…” Lanfear, on the other hand, supposedly means Daughter of the Night in the Old Tongue. But I know the truth — you just thought it sounded cool, didn’t you, Mr. Jordan? No arguments there.
The prophecy also speaks of a “man who can channel,” whom Verin unflinchingly declares to be either Rand, Mat, or Perrin. Siuan and Moiraine are both aghast, but they both reflexively embrace the Power, so there is no denying their little secret. Verin has been on to them since the very beginning, but fortunately she is far too eager to chronicle the Dragon’s progress to consider turning them in. The time has come for the Dragon to have an audience with the Amyrlin.
Posted on August 7, 2025
Rand says the Dark One’s name out loud and everything goes to hell: Trollocs invade, the Horn of Valere is stolen, Fain escapes, and Rand finds a bloody note with his name on it.
In Egwene’s room, Rand is having a terrible time in the world of dreams before he wakes up next to Nynaeve, who is knitting. Jesus, what is it with Aes Sedai and knitting? Rand learns that Egwene went to see Fain again, and that there might be a search underway for him.
RAND: Where’s Egwene?
NYNAEVE: She went to see Padan Fain.
RAND: He’s dangerous — she should stay away from him.
NYNAEVE: She wants to help him, Rand.
RAND: Whatever. I’m out of here as soon as they unbar the doors.
NYNAEVE: I don’t know, Rand. Moiraine says you are ta’veren. The Dark One–
RAND: Shai’tan is dead. I saw him die.
Really, Rand? It has been a month since the Eye of the World, and nobody has had a talk with you about this? When I was ten, I unearthed a bone and thought I’d discovered a dinosaur fossil. Turns out it was a squirrel skull. Rand, buddy — I was wrong, and so are you. The Dark One ain’t dead, and he’s listening.
The room seems to lurch when Rand names the Dark One, and alarm bells sound throughout the keep. I suppose this is all part of the plan. Can’t get out of the keep? No problem! This must be like Beetlejuice, right? Just say his name and capitalize on the chaos. Rand straps on his sword and storms out into the corridor. At first, the shouts are about Rand storming through the women’s apartments with a sword. Then the screams stop being about him — the fortress is under attack. Trollocs eviscerate men in the corridors, and Fades face down generals. Concerned about Egwene, Rand hurries on to the dungeon where he finds a message scrawled in blood on the inner door:
WE WILL MEET AGAIN ON TOMAN HEAD.
IT IS NEVER OVER, AL’THOR.
Oh great, it’s the summoning. Not wanting anyone to see his name written in blood on the wall, Rand hurriedly scrubs it off, but Liandrin walks in. She uses her compulsion weave on him, demanding to know who he is and what he is doing. He is just on the edge of embracing saidin when Moiraine also walks in:
MOIRAINE: What in the Light’s name is going on here, bitch?
Amusingly, Liandrin has completely dropped the Yoda act. What, does she only use it when operating in evil-mastermind mode?
Thinking of Egwene, Rand pushes forward into the cell block. Mat and Egwene lie unconscious in front of Fain’s cell. Egwene has a head wound, and Mat is missing his dagger from Shadar Logoth. Moiraine heals Egwene, then goes to rally the other sisters to finally finish the half-assed exorcism she started in The Eye of the World‘s Chapter 41: Old Friends and New Threats.
Fain himself has evidently flown the coop with the dagger, but that is the least of their problems. The treasure room has been looted and the Horn of Valere is missing. Well, that sucks. But hey — if the Horn’s gone, maybe the end of the world’s been rescheduled.
Posted on August 6, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan double down on their risky Dragon Reborn plan, Bornhald arrives to cleanse the Almoth Plain of anything suspiciously alive, Liandrin goes full Sith Lord, and Padan Fain… waits.
The Wheel of Time universe has different terms for permanently severing men and women from the One Power. Do it to a man and he has been gentled. Do it to a woman and she has been stilled. This sounds suspiciously like the distinction between spaying and neutering. Only instead of health benefits and population control, it’s a punishment that leaves the victim hollowed out and barely functional. Like a Dyson vacuum, but even sadder.
I mention it because Siuan is skittish, worried they’ll be discovered for meddling with the Dragon. So Moiraine reminds her of the plan:
MOIRAINE: Nearly twenty years ago, we decided to find the boy, keep him safe, guide him.
SIUAN: In Tar Valon! Not on the Dark One’s doorstep.
MOIRAINE: Did you hear about what happened to the Eye of the World?
Moiraine shows Siuan the broken pieces of a seal on the Dark One’s prison. Throw in the discovery of the legendary Horn of Valere, and what you get is confirmation that Last Battle is practically here. It’s official: the world is ending. The two people responsible for saving it are now in a room, arguing about who’s freaking out more.
So here is Moiraine’s new plan: send Rand, Mat, and Perrin off to Illian. Why? Because Rand is going to present the Horn to the nation’s leaders and somehow gain a massive army. The best part? She can’t go with them! They have to believe they are making their own choices. That’s her brilliant strategy — point them in the general direction of chaos and hope for the best. It’s like a parent telling their kid, “Go play with matches, but make sure you don’t burn the house down.”
Geofram Bornhald has brought an entire legion — two thousand Children of the Light — to the small village of Alcruna near the Almoth Plain. He’s kind of pissed, because he got called away from a perfectly good coup attempt in Andor for a mission so secret, not even he knows what it is.
His contact turns out to be Einor Saren with the Questioners, who are a faction within the Children of the Light that specializes in the use of torture. Even Bornhald, not exactly a poster child for restraint, thinks the Questioners are sadistic creeps. Saren is the kind of guy who gleefully murders an entire village and declares that it has been “pacified,” which is exactly what has befallen Alcruna.
Saren tells Bornhald he is here to go around “rooting out Darkfriends” from “grubby villages” scattered throughout the plain. As an afterthought, Saren suggests that the legion may be called upon to deal with some strangers who have arrived from across the sea. You know, just in case a conquering army shows up.
In Chapter 4, Liandrin came off as a kind of a bitch, but that could have been because of her affiliation with the Red Ajah. In this section, she’s tired of people not worshiping her, so it’s time to go full villain. She barges into Lady Amalisa’s chambers, where Amalisa and her friends are just chilling, reading a book about how men and women should treat each other. Liandrin commands everyone but Amalisa to get out, and in a moment of pure, petty villainy, throws the book into the fire!
I didn’t notice it during Chapter 4, but half the stuff Liandrin says sounds like it came out of Yoda’s mouth:
LIANDRIN: Truth only, speak to me.
LIANDRIN: Of the Black Ajah have you heard?
It almost seems like the more evil she gets, the more scrambled her speech patterns are. Sometimes she even mixes it up:
LIANDRIN: Any Aes Sedai in the halls you pass, a Black sister could be. I cannot tell you which they are, but my protection you can have. If in the Light you walk and me obey.
And me obey? Lady, that’s where I draw the line between quirky speech patterns and baby talk. Liandrin uses a compulsion weave that feels suspiciously like the one the Blues use — just with more malice and less finesse. She uses it to coerce Amalisa into commanding her servants to search for Rand, Mat, and Perrin.
Outside in the corridor, Liandrin feels the same eyes on her that were watching Rand. Shrugging it off, continues about her business she does. A good little Darkfriend, she shall be.
In the depths of the dungeon, Padan Fain receives a visitor.
Posted on August 5, 2025
Moiraine is summoned to the Amyrlin Seat — her old friend Siuan — who’s arrived in Fal Dara after Elaida connected Moiraine to Rand.

Moiraine with her kesiera
Moiraine is in her room dressing for an audience with the Amyrlin. Contrary to what Rand assumed, Moiraine has nothing to do with this visit and is nearly as anxious as he is. She dons her trademark kesiera with its blue gemstone nestled in the middle of her forehead. It helps her cultivate a certain mystique that keeps everyone — especially her fellow sisters — guessing about the true extent of her abilities.
There is an insistent knock at the door. When she answers, Moiraine finds fellow Blue sister, Anaiya, in the company of Liandrin, a Red. Anaiya comes off as very cordial and friendly, whereas Liandrin is cold and clipped. Don’t worry, Moiraine, it’s not like everyone who comes across as a creep is a Darkfriend. Right?
The Amyrlin Seat has summoned Moiraine, and these two sisters have been sent to fetch her. On the way, Liandrin frets about three more false Dragons appearing at once. Moiraine has to work at keeping the amused smirk off her face, especially when she spots Egwene hurrying around a corner with a stooped figure in tow.
Entering the Amyrlin Seat’s chambers, Moiraine sees the box containing the Horn of Valere rests on the table in the room. She addresses the Amyrlin Seat — a position now occupied by Siuan Sanche — in a rigidly formal manner that is nothing like we saw in New Spring. Siuan says he delegation from Tar Valon is here thanks to Elaida. After Rand escaped imprisonment against Elaida’s advice, she went to the Tower telling of a dangerous young man — a ta’veren — who visited the castle. Some sniffing around revealed that Moiraine had spirited him away to Fal Dara.
After some pointless politicking that would bore a tax clerk, Siuan finally clears the room — even booting Leane, her own Keeper of the Chronicles. With a “cone of silence” weave in place, the formal act dissolves, and the two old friends speak the way they used to. And Siuan doesn’t waste time sugarcoating — if anyone discovers their plan, they’ll both be stilled.
Posted on August 4, 2025
Rand fails to escape, alienates all his friends, visits a predictably disturbing Padan Fain, and ends up hiding in the last place anyone would look: the women’s apartments.
Rand tries to leave Fal Dara on foot, but every gate is closed and guarded. It’s as though the entire fortress has received a memo titled “Do Not, Under Any Circumstances, Let Rand Leave.” So instead, he aimlessly wanders the hallways and tries to keep a low profile. The wind swirls up like it did during his lesson, and Rand can feel someone watching him. Either he’s going crazy, or he’s got a stalker. Neither bodes well.
Rand finds Loial watching some men play dice. Loial doesn’t know any secret exits, but he thinks Rand might be sick, so he waves Mat and Perrin over. Rand tells them just enough truth to justify wanting to leave — something about the wind, and being watched. No mention of channeling, obviously, because it’s better to have your friends think you’re actively unhinged than for them to be afraid of you.
When Mat tries to talk about how they are going to get out of the fortress, Rand starts burning bridges. We aren’t going anywhere, he says. Cue the meltdown, and all the dice players stop to stare. Great job keeping a low profile! Now his friends are confused, pissed off, and more than ready to let him have some space. A lot of space.
Rand moves on — and runs into Egwene. Maybe we can alienate her, too! The difference is, she actually knows what’s going on. Rand tries to shove her away like everyone else, but Egwene doesn’t flinch. She just calmly suggests hiding in the one place no one would think to look: the dungeons.
EGWENE: I go there some evenings to visit Master Fain.
RAND: Master Fain? The dungeon? I thought I was the one who was supposed to go mad.
EGWENE: He’s much better now. He tells funny stories.
RAND: Funny stories? Egwene, he’s a Darkfriend.
Even though Rand’s clearly right, he still lets Egwene drag him to see Fain. This works out exactly the way you might expect, with Fain dropping just enough random creepiness to leave them both feeling rattled. New plan: Rand’s got to hide somewhere even more dangerous than the dungeon: the women’s apartments. Don’t worry, Rand — I’m sure sneaking a male channeler into a building full of Aes Sedai will go just fine.
Posted on August 3, 2025
Rand tries to escape before the Amyrlin Seat can find him, but someone’s already two steps ahead.
Everyone else in the fortress is buzzing with excitement over the Amyrlin Seat’s arrival. Rand, meanwhile, is quietly shitting bricks. Step one of his escape plan is to hurry back to his room on the pretense that he needs to make himself presentable. When he arrives, the room is already a flurry of activity. Servants are busy throwing out Rand’s old clothes and replacing them with new ones, under Moiraine’s orders. He shoos the servants out of the room, hastily dresses and packs, and heads for the stables.
Rand chooses a route that takes him directly through the courtyard where the Amyrlin Seat is being received. His reasoning? It’s the shortest route — plus, what harm could there be in just looking? Says the guy who once tripped into a royal garden and nearly got arrested while trying to catch a glimpse of Logain.
Rand gets through the courtyard without incident, but the stable is where the plan starts going sideways. The groomsman tells him that an order came through just minutes ago to not allow any horses to leave the stables. Don’t worry, Rand — I’m sure this is just standard stable lockdown procedure, and the pedestrian exits will be wide open.
Posted on August 3, 2025
Rand is still training with Lan at Fal Dara when the Amyrlin Seat arrives — and it’s probably not a social call.

Training is more effective when you do it on top of a dangerously tall structure, right?
Our reluctant hero, Rand, is taking sword fighting lessons from Lan at Fal Dara. A normal person would conduct a session like this on terra firma, but instead the two men are on top of one of the city’s high towers — because as we all learned from Highlander, training is most effective when death is one careless misstep away.
Lan manages to get a jab in that breaks the practice sword and draws blood. Rand’s excuse? “The wind pushed me.” Sure, buddy. Did the dog eat your homework too?
It has been a full month since the events at the Eye of the World, and Rand still hasn’t followed through on his dramatic promise to run off and live in solitude. He admits to dragging his heels because he hopes to learn something from Moiraine that can help with his Dragon situation. But she has been busy, and besides, Lan doubts there is anything more she can do.
The training session ends abruptly when a large procession of Aes Sedai arrives at Fal Dara. It’s the Amyrlin Seat, and it doesn’t take a genius to guess who she’s here to see.
Posted on August 1, 2025
Bors attends an honest-to-God Darkfriend conference where Ba’alzamon names Rand, Mat, and Perrin as threats and gives each attendee private orders.
Welcome to Book 2: The Great Hunt!

Yes, Darkfriends have conferences too.
I’d like you to meet Bors. Lord Bors is attending a Darkfriend convention. Stop laughing — I’m completely serious! I know I joked about it in Chapter 33: The Dark Waits (The Eye of the World), but lo and behold, Darkfriends actually do convene. If you can imagine the party scene from Eyes Wide Shut, only with less sex and much worse ambiance, you won’t be too far off. Sounds terrible, right? If the Dark One wants followers, he’s not exactly selling the lifestyle.
Bors clearly thinks he’s a much better Darkfriend than all these other idiots. I hate to break it to you Bors, buddy — but I’m pretty sure even the forces of evil need to collaborate from time to time, so you’d better set that superiority complex aside and learn how to be a team player.
Bors is still busy sneering when a pair of Trollocs enters the room, followed by a Fade. When Ba’alzamon appears, floating in mid air, Bors and his masked compatriots fall to the floor and grovel. It seems Bors is still having a crisis of faith: his mouth pledges allegiance to the Dark One, but his mind clings to prayers to the Light.
Looks like whatever Rand did to Ba’alzamon at the end of The Eye of the World wasn’t anything too permanent, because he seems to be in top form. He tells everyone that they stand in a place that lies in the shadow of Shayol Ghul, and that the Day of Return is near. But he wants everyone to know their enemy, so likenesses of Rand, Mat, and Perrin appear in the air — they are extremely dangerous, explains Ba’alzamon, and they need to be carefully manipulated.
Each Darkfriend receives private instructions from Ba’alzamon. Then they return to a private room where they can change out of their disguise. Bors, it seems, is a Questioner with the Children of the Light. Given the Children are essentially what you would get if you crossed the Spanish Inquisition with the Ku Klux Klan, it actually makes perfect sense that Bors worships the shadow.
Posted on July 31, 2025
It was great to go on this journey again and stay with it to the end. Robert Jordan finished this journey in 1990. I took it for the first time in 1995, but I wasn’t even an adult at the time. Thirty years later, experiencing it again gave me a new perspective. I’ve also come to terms with the fact that if I don’t write shit down, I’m definitely going to misplace and forget it.
This time around, I feel like there was less braid-tugging, arm crossing, and other annoying linguistic quirks than I remembered. I’m not saying that every chapter was a well-balanced work of art, but overall it was a very smooth and well-flowing first installment. Now I’m wondering if those tics don’t really ramp up until the later books. I did get partway through The Fires of Heaven, after all.
Will I make it to the end of the series? Light, if I try to think that far ahead, I’ll never make it. All I can say for now is: hello again, The Great Hunt — I’m coming for you.
Posted on July 31, 2025
Spring returns, the Shadow retreats, and Rand thinks running away will solve everything. Moiraine, meanwhile, has found what she spent twenty years looking for: the Dragon Reborn.
I guess killing two of the Forsaken left the Shadow reeling, because it’s suddenly a lot easier to leave the Blight than it was to enter. Once the group has traveled far enough south, we see that spring has finally arrived.
Near Fal Dara, men speak of a miraculous victory at Tarwin’s Gap. They believe the Creator intervened, but we know better. So does Lord Agelmar — he witnessed the battle, and has no doubt that he saw a man channel.
Moiraine entrusts the Horn of Valere to Lord Agelmar, with strict instructions to deliver it to Illian.
Rand gets some sword lessons from Lan, and has a talk with Egwene. He says he’s “going away” but won’t say where. Even he doesn’t seem to know, but he doesn’t want to be gentled, and he doesn’t want to bring trouble to Emond’s Field. So… somewhere. He’s also trying to convince himself he won’t channel again. That’s adorable — like a kid swearing he’ll never grow up. Good luck with that.
Moiraine is content. Ever since Gitara’s foretelling, for twenty years, she has been desperately searching for the Dragon, and she has finally found him.
The end.
Posted on July 31, 2025
Rand wakes up hung over from channeling and thinks he killed the Dark One. The Eye is gone, but they find a broken seal from the Dark One’s prison, the Horn of Valere, and the Dragon’s banner in its place.
The chapter opens to Rand rolling around in some “oily” charred ashes. The ashes are vaguely Aginor-shaped, complete with bits that resemble his distinctive green cape. It’s impossible to read this and not notice that this feels exactly like waking up in a puddle of vomit after being blackout drunk. What happened last night, Rand? Did things get a little crazy? Did you binge drink that tainted Power and the rest is a blur? Did you come back here after your meeting with Ba’alzamon and partied a little too hard with Aginor? Inquiring minds want to know.
Rand then does what any hung-over person would do — put his head over the cliff’s edge and hurl. Still clearly inebriated, Rand stumbles downhill proclaiming, “Shai’tan is dead! Shai’tan is dead!”
Yikes. Someone needs to get this man a coffee. Shai’tan is, I believe, the Dark One’s proper name, and last time I checked, uttering this aloud tends to get you noticed. So unless you’re absolutely sure that was the Dark One you nuked, maybe it’s best to keep that word out of your vocab, Mr. Dragon.
Not to put too fine a point on it, but you’ve already got enough trouble without actively inviting more. Those people who call you their friend? They’re gonna be scared of you now, if they know you can channel. Case in point, Nynaeve comes right out and says it: “You’re too dangerous, Rand.” Ouch! At least Egwene doesn’t treat him any differently. Neither does Lan. Moiraine, as usual, simply wants to drag every last detail out of him. The others aren’t asking, and Rand’s not telling.
Rand learns that the Eye is gone, and in its place stands a crystal column with steps leading up to it. The others retrieved artifacts from the cavern:
- One of the “unbreakable” seals on the Dark One’s prison, shattered into pieces.
- The Horn of Valere.
- A banner of the Dragon.
Even as the chapter comes to a close, Rand is still clinging to the notion that he defeated the Dark One. Dude, I hate to break it to you, but we still have thirteen more books to get through.
Posted on July 30, 2025
Rand teleports away from Aginor, nukes the Trollocs at Tarwin’s Gap, and shows Ba’alzamon what he thinks of the Dark One.
Rand scrambles uphill until the ground gives way to a sheer drop — bad news, because Aginor is right behind him. Cornered at the cliff’s edge, Rand has a panic-induced epiphany and opens himself to saidin. He can see Aginor’s connection to the True Source. In desperation, Rand opens his own line to the True Source and teleports away.
His destination? Why, Tarwin’s Gap, of course. You didn’t think Jordan dropped a hopeless battle into the plot just for decoration, did you? Rand sees that the situation is indeed dire. Trolloc armies severely outnumber the human forces. No problem, eh Rand? Nothing a little channeling won’t fix! He send a shockwave of burning, earth-shattering destruction at the Trollocs, instantly causing massive damage and confusion.
Things start getting annoyingly metaphysical here, in that special way that only Robert Jordan can achieve. Stairs appear in the middle of the battlefield, and Rand ascends them. The farther up he goes, the more the world behind him fades away until he reaches a door that leads into a chamber that he had previous visited in a dream. Ba’alzamon is there. He and Rand engage in a verbal pissing contest, but it’s clear the conversation isn’t going anywhere, Rand conjures a lightsaber (not kidding) and uses it to give Ba’alzamon the old heave-ho.
First Palpatine, now a sword made of light. If this story ends with rebels blowing up a fortress, Disney’s lawyers are going to start calling.
Posted on July 30, 2025
The Green Man leads the group to the Eye, which turns out to be pure saidin untouched by the Dark One. Moiraine finally explains why they came here — just in time for Aginor and Balthamel, two of the Forsaken, to crash the party. The Green Man dies killing Balthamel, Moiraine throws fire at Aginor, and everyone else bails in a panic. Can’t say I blame them — Aginor’s giving strong “boss fight you’re not leveled up for” energy.
The Green Man leads the way through his garden oasis to an arch set into the side of a hill.
GREEN MAN: I will not follow you in. That thing makes me uneasy. I feel myself being unmade.
Dude, you are definitely gonna die. Alright, Green Man. Go ahead and stand outside alone where the bad guys can shiv you on their way into the chamber.
Everyone else heads into the chamber with a pool that is literally built in the oval shape of an eye.
MOIRAINE: The Eye of the World.
MAT: But what is it?
Ding ding ding ding ding! Somebody give this man a prize! Leave it to the village idiot to finally ask the question that should have been obvious since Chapter 42: Remembrance of Dreams. Well, Moiraine? The time has come to spill it. What is the Eye of the World?
MOIRAINE: It is purified pool of saidin, the male half of the True Source.
RAND: Why did you bring us here?
Oh, man! Ding again! I hope we’re not out of prizes, because now Rand deserves one too.
MOIRAINE: Because you are ta’veren, and you must stop the Dark One when he strikes here.
Great, so, uh… just one question — when is that going to be, exactly? Because it looks like nobody is here. Is the group just going to hang out here for days and weeks and months until the Dark One decides to show up? Moiraine suggests they go back outside, and everyone is so uncomfortable being in a room full of saidin that they eagerly follow.
MAN: I have found you at last.

Obviously Aginor’s inspiration.
Either this man has not aged well, or he attended the Emperor Palpatine School of Beauty. Seriously, his character description reads like Jordan had clearly been watching Return of the Jedi, needed to come up with a look for a fugly bad guy, and out came this dude who calls himself Aginor. If you accept this, then you really have to wonder what kind of kinky shit Jordan was watching before he penned the description for Aginor’s companion, Balthamel. According to the text, Balthamel has a “tight, black leather carapace” covering his entire body, a mask that is frozen into a smile, and he never speaks. So we’ve got Emperor Palpatine and BDSM Dude. Where does the Dark One get these guys — Villains R Us?
At the same time, I will admit that Jordan came up with some pretty darn cool names for his villains. Ba’alzamon. Aginor. Balthamel. They just sound menacing. But here’s what I want to know — where did those names come from, in-universe? Admittedly, this is a world where mothers are honest-to-God giving their children weird-ass names like Caniedrin and Gelb. But even so, you can not tell me that anyone is going to name their child Ishamael. I really hope each of these names has a story behind it, because otherwise you have to imagine them sitting down for the most pathetic brainstorming session ever. “Hmm, what should my evil name be, now that I’m so evil? Isaac? No. Ivan? Mmm, no. Ishtar? Meh. I’ve got it! Ishamael!”
Wherever the names came from, everyone knows the Forsaken from the stories. Mat speaks up, insisting that the Forsaken are bound with the Dark One in Shayol Ghul, but Aginor smugly corrects him, declaring that the seals are weakening and the Forsaken are beginning to walk free once more.
Lan flashes forward to attack, but Aginor flicks him away like he’s a tin soldier, and he lands in a crumpled heap. This is not cool with Nynaeve, so she launches herself at Aginor, only for Balthamel to catch her by her face and lift her up into the air. Egwene moves to help, but Rand tackles her to the ground. Mat and Perrin move in, only to be knocked flat on their asses by an invisible barrier.
Balthamel finally tosses Nynaeve aside when the Green Man intervenes. The two grapple in combat. Balthamel scorches the Green Man, but not before the Green Man makes all manner of fungus and lichen and nettles sprout within Balthamel’s body. Vegetation destroys the mute Forsaken from the inside out, causing his dominatrix outfit to burst at the seams. With that, the Green Man dies — called it! — and a massive oak tree sprouts in his place.
Aginor is incensed, but so is Moiraine. She channels and creates a pit of flames under Aginor’s feet, but he just hangs there in mid-air and slowly walks across nothing toward his enemies. Moiraine commands everyone to run, and they’re so scared shitless that they all disappear into the trees, Rand included. Hey, Rand — it’s OK, big man. Moiraine will be fine. I’m sure that guttural shriek just means she’s winning.
Posted on July 30, 2025
The Blight comes alive in all the worst ways as the group journeys north. Just when things are looking grim, they find themselves in the Green Man’s oasis, and he leads the way to the Eye of the World.
If Robert Jordan describes the sun as “sullen” one more time, I’m going to throw this book across the room. My teenage daughter is sullen. The family gathering after Grandma’s funeral is sullen. The sun is a giant thermonuclear reaction — it can’t be sullen! The Eye of the World uses the word “sullen” fourteen times, and three of those are describing the sun. I’m not opposed to a little anthropomorphism, but when it stands out like this, someone needs to arrange an intervention. Jordan, buddy, there are other adjectives. Let’s find them together.
Moiraine and Lan erase the last vestiges of the campsite and the group continues north toward the Mountains of Dhoom. Trees begin to move in unnatural ways. One of them bends over to snatch an animal from the ground. Abominations charge them from the treeline, and Moiraine’s connection to the True Source seems to be no deterrent.
Just as the attacks grow overwhelming, a sound from behind makes the sickly forest stand still. Lan says it is the cry of a pack of Worms, creatures so lethal they can kill Fades. Yikes! Someone call Kevin Bacon — he’ll know what to do!
Lan says the Worms are afraid of what lives in the mountains, so they ride hard for the peaks. Trees collapse behind them and the sickening wail of the Worms grows louder. They aren’t going to make it in time, but to stand and face them is suicide. In this moment of crisis, the Blight abruptly ends and everyone is standing in a lush, healthy forest.
The Green Man is there. He is another character who has been repeatedly mentioned in the same breath as the Eye without anyone asking who the fuck he is. He seems to be one of those mystical caretaker “forest spirit” types. He is much larger than even Loial, and is composed of living foliage, save for a desiccated brown scar on his cheek. The Green Man identifies Perrin as a Wolfbrother, and calls Rand “Child of the Dragon” — but neither of them is very comfortable with the attention. Moiraine declares they are here to see the Eye of the World, and the Green Man agrees to take them to it.
Now, I admit I read this book before, but that was thirty years ago and I do not remember anything about the end of this book. However — why do I get the strong feeling that the Green Man is about to die? I suppose it’s because of the trope. You know the one — gentle immortal guardian of peace and balance, untouched by evil for millennia, until the plot shows up. Watch your back, Green Man.
Posted on July 29, 2025
The group enters the Blight, which sounds a lot like the Pit of Eternal Stench from Labyrinth. Nynaeve makes a bold romantic move on Lan, and he deflects like a pro.
Why is it that the portion of a fantasy world that has been subsumed by evil always resembles an ecological disaster? Middle Earth’s Mordor looks like the surface of Io. The Lands of Always Winter in Westeros are eternally frozen. And the Blight? The Blight is like an alien jungle planet where every plant is poisonous and the wildlife is just waiting to lay eggs in your stomach.
Moiraine keeps talking about “finding” the Eye of the World, as though it isn’t always in the same place. Loial confirms that the Eye isn’t pinned to a specific point on the map — you find it when you need it, which sounds suspiciously like how you get into Narnia. Maybe they should’ve checked the back of Agelmar’s wardrobe before setting out.
After a day’s journey, Moiraine sets up a nifty weave that makes their campsite invisible to anyone standing outside of it. Egwene does her best to annoy everyone by yammering about how they’ll all go to Tar Valon after this and live happily ever after. But the real star of the show is Nynaeve:
NYNAEVE: I should have known you would be a king.
LAN: I’m not a king. I’m just a man.
NYNAEVE: Some women just want the man.
LAN: You deserve more than that.
NYNAEVE: You know, a Wisdom seldom weds. Looks like I’m not gonna be a Wisdom.
What the actual fuck? Is Nynaeve in heat or something? If this goes any farther, these two are going to have to get a room. She comes within an inch of proposing marriage. Where did that even come from?!?
Um — hey Nynaeve, you do know that Lan is already pretty attached to this Aes Sedai you hate, right? Unless you’re into that sort of thing! Anyway, not to worry, because in his next breath Lan shoots her down and leaves her in tears as he goes to check on the horses. It’s probably for the best — we really don’t have time for weird throuple drama when we’re trying to save the fucking world.
Posted on July 29, 2025
Moiraine interrogates Fain and learns that he has been stalking Rand, Mat, and Perrin for years. Meanwhile, Agelmar gives a TED Talk on how to lose a nation to pettiness. He’s skeptical about sending three farmboys to the Eye of the World, and honestly it’s hard to argue with the man.
To pass the time while Moiraine interrogates talks to Padan Fain, Agelmar tells the story of how the nation of Malkier fell to the blight. Was it because the Dark One was too strong? A cunning Dreadlord general? Some brilliant Shadow plot? Nope — what it all came down to was bickering, jealousy, distrust and infighting. The people of the Light didn’t lose Malkier to the Shadow — the dumb shits handed it over.
When Moiraine reappears, she is so disgusted by having been in contact with Fain that she immediately washes her hands. She says Fain has been a Darkfriend for over forty years, spending the last three helping the Dark One zero in on Rand, Mat, and Perrin. After Baerlon, the Dark One compelled him to hunt the boys. He even followed them into the Ways, and according to Moiraine, Machin Shin took one look at him ran away. Personally, I think it was the man’s BO.
Lord Agelmar still thinks he can help:
AGELMAR: Just give me a day with the beggar, Moiraine Sedai. I will discover what he is hiding.
MOIRAINE: I do not have a day, Lord Agelmar.
AGELMAR: Then at least take some real men with you instead of these three jokers.
RAND: Uh, we’re standing right here.
Moiraine assures Agelmar that these three are ta’veren with the blood of Manetheren, and nobody else can fight the battle at the Eye of the World.
Retiring for the night, their mission remains unchanged. So does the fact that nobody knows what the hell it even is.
Posted on July 28, 2025
At Fal Dara, the group receives a royal welcome, thanks to Lan and Moiraine’s good reputation. But just when everyone is enjoying a relaxing evening, Padan Fain shows up to shit all over it.
On the way to Fal Dara, the conversation proceeds thusly.
MAT: Fuck, it’s cold.
LAN: Sissy. It’s a fine spring day.
RAND: Hey Nynaeve, Egwene — maybe the two of you should stay behind while we go to the Eye.
NYNAEVE: We’re coming with you men. By the way, did anyone think to ask what the Eye is or what we’re going to do there?
RAND/PERRIN/MAT/EGWENE: Nope!
MAT: Heh. She called us men.
EGWENE: Rand, I only danced with Aram. I didn’t do anything else.
RAND: Yeah, and I only talked with Min, so let’s drop it.
Jesus Christ. This is like a hellish cross between Boy Meets World and Dawson’s Creek. If I had to travel with these people, I’d go insane. I know Moiraine said Machin Shin is confined to the Ways, but maybe if I ask nicely enough it could reach a tendril out and strangle one of these fuckers?
Mercifully, the group finally arrives at Fal Dara. Entering the city, it’s like a medieval version of Cheers, because everyone there seems to know Lan and Moiraine’s name. Remarkably, they aren’t even afraid of seeing an Ogier, and keep greeting Loial with “Glory to the Builders!” Lan, for his part, seems to also be known by the name “Dai Shan,” and the people of Fal Dara are eager for the Golden Crane to fly again — whatever that means.
Entering the fortress in the middle of the town, the group receives a royal greeting, with servants seeing to their horses. Ingtar, an old acquaintance of Lan’s, takes them to Agelmar, Fal Dara’s leader. It sounds like things at the border between Fal Dara and the Blight are bleak — they’re expecting to fight a big battle at nearby Tarwin’s Gap, and people keep trying to persuade Lan and Moiraine to come fight with them. When it becomes apparent that they have urgent business at the Eye of the World, Agelmar tries to convince them to take men from Fal Dara with them, but Moiraine insists that “low-profile” is the name of the game.
Soon they are dining together and sharing stories, until Ingtar interrupts with news that a man has been caught trying to scale the city walls. When the man is marched in, Rand recognizes the beggar from Caemlyn — and everyone sees it’s a very haggard, wild-eyed Padan Fain. He says the rags are a disguise, and he can show Agelmar how to defeat the Dark One, if he’ll only listen. And hey, maybe while he’s at it he can show everyone how to spin straw into gold!
Moiraine insists on having a talk with him in private. Just her, Lan, Padan, and that Compulsion weave we saw in New Spring.
Posted on July 28, 2025
The Ways are crumbling, Machin Shin is hunting them, and the exit is locked — so Moiraine melts it open with a thermonuclear blowtorch. Welcome to Fal Dara.
Rand looks across the chasm and notices the bridge is just… floating there. If this is upsetting to Rand, he doesn’t voice his discontent — that’s Nynaeve’s job. She is still blaming Moiraine for every misfortune, big or small. The bridge is out? Is this what you’ve brought us to, Aes Sedai? Whitecloaks are in town? You’ve put us in danger, Aes Sedai. Getting chased by Fades and Trollocs? What’s the plan now, genius? Honestly, if Moiraine snapped and slapped Nynaeve across her face, that would be understandable. Anyway, the bridge may be out, but there is always more than one route between places in the Ways, so they backtrack and keep going.
When it is time to stop for sleep, Moiraine tells the group that she doesn’t believe Thom is really dead because Min’s visions involved him too. This leads to a conversation where all of the twenty-somethings act like they’re still in high school, talking about who did what with various members of the opposite sex. Rand spoke to Min? How dare he! Egwene danced with Aram? Scandalous! Farmer Grinwell’s daughter, Else, had the hots for Rand? I need to go take a cold shower! I’ll tell you something — if I was Machin Shin, I would be in the mood to murder them, too, after having to listen to this tripe.
Indeed, after they start moving again, Lan tells the group that someone or something is following them. Hearing this, Mat turns around in his saddle and fires an arrow behind them into the darkness, giving us one of the best lines in this book:
LAN: Stop that, you village idiot.
The next Guiding stone they come upon has Trolloc runes carved into it. According to Moiraine, this explains how the Trolloc armies have been getting around so easily. At the foot of one of the bridges, a group of Trollocs appears to have been killed in some strange and painful way, causing them to turn to stone. Moiraine thinks they probably fell victim to a trap left by the male Aes Sedai who created the Ways. Sure, Moiraine. It must be that, and not the evil, invisible presence that is known to haunt the Ways.
RAND: Say, did you feel that breeze?
LOIAL: There is no breeze in the Ways.
It quickly becomes clear that Machin Shin is pursuing them, and they race to the Waygate that leads to Fal Dara. To Moiraine’s horror, the leaf is gone, so essentially it’s a door that is missing its handle. Moiraine switches to Plan B — burn the shit out of it. She channels balefire from the end of her staff and melts her way through the stone of the gate. Let me say that again. She melts a fucking hole in the fucking gate. This gate is a huge slab of stone that is probably a good foot in thickness. If she is able to melt a hole in it within a couple of minutes, that would mean that balefire would have to be at least as hot as the surface of the Sun. And hopefully that is in the form of coherent, directed energy, or else — to quote Sarah Connor — “anybody not wearing two-million sunblock is gonna have a real bad day.”
Once Moiraine melts the stone, Lan charges it with his horse and knocks it over, allowing everyone to escape. Welcome to Fal Dara, everyone. It’s a wintery shithole that is uncomfortably close to the Blight, but hey, at least it isn’t actively trying to kill you. Yet.
Posted on July 27, 2025
The gang sneaks through Caemlyn, finds the Waygate, and steps into the dark, creepy hell-road where physics is optional and bridges are missing chunks.
Winding their way through the predawn streets of Caemlyn, Loial guides the group toward a shop. The Waygate is in the cellar, so they head around back and let themselves inside.
The entrance into the Ways is guarded by a gate wrought from living stone. Moiraine seems to have knowledge of these gates, because she is able to discern a specific leaf in the artwork adorning the gate and move it from one place to another. That seemed… too easy. I was expecting she would need to channel, or Loial would need to sing at it, or Lan would perform a secret knock. But just pick up a leaf and move it from one place to another? Good luck keeping that a secret. This is like hiding your house key under the doormat.
The stone gate swings open and reveals the shimmering entrance into the Ways. As each member of the group passes through the mystical veil, we learn that time passes more slowly in the Ways. Apparently, Jordan liked Einstein’s theory of relativity enough to weave it into the Pattern.
The darkness in the Ways is oppressive as Loial guides them along paths and bridges. He uses Guiding stones like they’re mall directories for the world’s worst shopping trip. Everything is proceeding according to plan… until Loial stops dead. The bridge ahead is missing a chunk the size of a Two Rivers sheep pasture. Apparently, even in nightmare realms, infrastructure sucks.
Posted on July 27, 2025
Rand asks about the Ways, not the Eye — so it’s lore dump o’clock. Turns out the Ways are broken, haunted, and lethal, but hey — Moiraine says full speed ahead.
Rand — bless his heart — decides to ask what the Ways are instead of what the Eye of the World is. Cue massive lore drop.
Loial explains that during the time of the Breaking, the Ogier offered sanctuary to the male Aes Sedai. In a stedding, Aes Sedai are completely cut off from the One Power, so it was a way for male channelers to remain safe from the tainted saidin. Despite this, they chose to leave. This might seem illogical, but then again, have you ever seen a heroin addict who could be cured by appealing to reason? Trying to deny an Aes Sedai from touching the True Source is like trying to deny an addict their fix. And so, the male Aes Sedai left the stedding, but in thanks, they gave the Ogier the Ways — a mystical realm where great distances in the real world can be traveled in short time.
But since the Ways were created by men wielding Power fouled by the Dark One, the Ways gradually lost their light. Now it is dark and dangerous in the Ways, and an evil presence known as Machin Shin — the Black Wind — wanders the realm, driving those it touches insane. Why risk everyone’s necks in the Ways? Oh, you’ll love this one:
MOIRAINE: If we bring ta’veren to the Eye of the World, we might — somehow, some way — be able to stop the Dark One from using the Eye of the World for himself.
Gosh, sounds like a good time to ask what the fuck the Eye of the World is, right? Nope!
RAND, MAT, PERRIN, EGWENE, NYNAEVE: Ok, let’s go.
They jot down a supply list, Gill works his ass off, and before dawn the gang heads out — still not asking the one question that matters.
Posted on July 27, 2025
Moiraine can’t break Mat’s curse, but she steadies him long enough for a reunion. The gang shares their horror stories, Moiraine pivots the plan, and Fal Dara becomes the new destination — via the murder maze known as the Ways.
Rand leads the group downstairs to the library, momentarily forgetting that no one has met Loial yet. The shock fades fast, and soon he’s fielding questions about being an Ogier.
Soon Mat joins everyone in the library with Moiraine at his heels. He’s looking a lot better, and definitely has that Ferris Bueller vibe back, with his cheeky grins and smart-ass charm. Mat apologizes for the way he has been acting, and explains that his memory of events has been getting hazier ever since Whitebridge. Everyone is relieved to have the old Mat back, but Moiraine clarifies that she couldn’t take the dagger away without killing him — he’s safe for now, but will need help from the White Tower to be fully healed.
As the group discusses what to do next, the subject of the Eye of the World comes up. The boys tell Moiraine about Ba’alzamon visiting their dreams. Egwene and Perrin share the spearmaiden story they heard from the tuatha’an. Loial talks about a man who came to his stedding at the end of the Aiel War. The message from all of these sources is the same — that the Dark One plans to blind the Eye of the World.
At last! We’re almost done with this goddamn book, and we still don’t know what the fuck the Eye of the World is. Certainly, Mr. Jordan is about to tell us, right?
ROBERT JORDAN: Sorry, fuckers!
Nope, Moiraine is not going to tell us what the Eye of the World is or why it is so important. She says this news changes everything, but nobody demands to know why! Unbelievable. They simply accept it when she says that they must skip Tar Valon and head to Fal Dara instead, where the Eye of the World supposedly waits.
But they can’t simply hit the road in the morning. With dark forces amassing outside Caemlyn, they’ll be overwhelmed by Fades and Trollocs the moment they try to leave. Lucky for them, they’ve got an Ogier, so Moiraine proposes leaving via the Ways. Loial ends the chapter by protesting the idea, saying they’ll all die if they enter the Ways.
Hey Moiraine, I’m going to send you a book to read — it’s called Start With Why by Simon Sinek. He writes books about leadership, and it seems like you could use a few pointers.
Posted on July 26, 2025
Rand returns to The Queen’s Man and tells Master Gill and Loial all about his adventure. They’re interrupted when the Whitecloaks arrive looking for Perrin and Egwene, but Master Gill gets rid of them. A serving maid announces Moiraine’s arrival, and the gang finally reunites — just in time for Mat to fully commit to being demonically possessed. Let the exorcism begin.
Rand hurries back to The Queen’s Man and finds Master Gill playing stones with Loial.
RAND: Master Gill, you won’t believe where I’ve been. I accidentally trespassed on palace grounds, and I ended up meeting Queen Morgase and her children! Elaida was there, too.
MASTER GILL: Holy shit, boy. I told you to stay away from that harpy, not go say hello. You’ve got to get the fuck out of here.
LOIAL: Can I come with you?
RAND: Dude, I already told you no.
LOIAL: Pleeeeeease?
RAND: Ok, fine!
SERVING MAID: Master Gill, there are Whitecloaks in the common room.
MASTER GILL: Fuck my life.
Rand peeks into the common room after Master Gill. The Whitecloaks are hunting a Darkfriend boy from the Two Rivers. Someone needs to tell this guy to take a fucking number. Gill doesn’t blink — with his own guards at his back, he lays into the Whitecloaks and tells them to piss off.
Gill barely catches his breath before the serving girl reappears — now with news of a lady in the kitchen asking for Rand and Mat by name. Figuring it can only mean one thing, Rand rushes into the kitchen and is reunited with Moiraine, Lan, Nynaeve, Egwene, and Perrin.
Everyone heads upstairs ahead of Moiraine to see Mat, who is now operating in full Exorcist mode, rasping out utterances that Beetlejuice would be proud of. It’s all ‘Pretty Nynaeve,’ ‘Pretty Egwene,’ and ‘My, my, Perrin—your eyes have changed.’ But let’s be real — if Jordan weren’t running this novel like it’s a family-friendly theme park, Mat’s comments would have made HBO blush.
Moiraine instantly senses the evil energy when she comes into the room and orders everyone to stand away from Mat. She touches Mat’s knee, and he lashes out with the ruby handled dagger, coming within inches of Moiraine’s face — before Lan snags his wrist mid-swing. Moiraine explains that the dagger is why the Darkfriends had such an easy time finding Rand and Mat on their journey to Caemlyn. Lan adds that it’s why Trollocs are massed outside — either waiting to pounce when they leave or burn Caemlyn to the ground if they stay.
For the time being, Moiraine whips out her angreal and tells everyone to clear out — because the exorcism is about to begin.
Posted on July 25, 2025
That voice belonged to Elayne Trakand, Daughter-Heir of Andor. Her brother, Gawyn, is there with her. After Elayne bandages Rand’s head injury, their half-brother Galad shows up to shit all over their fun. Hearing of the stranger in the palace grounds, Queen Morgase demands to see all three of them. Elaida is at the Queen’s side, eager to tell everyone what a shifty character Rand is. Fortunately for him, Morgase believes his story and allows him to leave the palace grounds.

The book is pretty clear about Elayne’s appearance.
The voice that startled Rand off of the wall belongs to Elayne Trakand, Daughter-Heir to the throne of Andor. Yep, we’re in chapter 40 of 53 — seems like the perfect time to introduce a new major character, if your name happens to be Robert Jordan. Elayne’s mother has ordered her to stay away from the Logain business, but curiosity wins, so she dragged her brother Gawyn out of the palace for an adventure.

Galad’s role model.
Elayne bandages Rand’s bleeding head. Following introductions, Rand realizes he’s in deep shit. Not only has he entered the palace grounds without permission, but he is also in the company of the royal children. At this moment, Galad — Elayne and Gawyn’s half-brother — discovers them. We’re told that Galad is a very just person who never lies and always does what’s right. But he comes off more as a pedantic, snide, self-serving weasel who enjoys ruining everyone else’s day just because he is so pathetically unlikable that nobody wants to be around him — in other words, Galad makes a first impression that is identical to Arnold J. Rimmer from Red Dwarf. And frankly, Rimmer might be more fun at parties.
Thanks to Galad, Elayne, Gawyn, and Rand are marched into the palace to stand before Queen Morgase. Elaida is there too, and she is knitting as though she is a harmless spinster sliding into her golden years. Bitch, let me tell you something: you aren’t fooling anybody. My cat likes to make a show of innocence as well, but that doesn’t stop her from scratching the couch, puking on the rug, and knocking shit off the counter the very next chance she gets.
When the conversation turns to Rand, Elayne argues that interacting directly with citizens of Andor is the best way to come to know the Queen’s subjects. Elaida takes a level of interest in Rand that makes him understandably uncomfortable. She talks about how unusual his physical attributes are for a Two Rivers native, and she discovers that the sword at his waist carries the heron mark. At this, the entire room tenses up. The heronmark sword is the sign of a master swordsman. Nobody in the room is ready to believe it really belongs to Rand until Gareth Bryne, the Captain-General of the Queen’s Guard, pronounces that it fits him so well that it must belong to him.
We then learn that Elaida has the gift of Foretelling. Oh, Elaida — that’s a difficult gift to have, you know. Remember what happened to Gitara in Chapter 2: A Wish Fulfilled from New Spring? Yeah, that was the one where the Amyrlin Seat’s Keeper of the Chronicles felt the rebirth of the Dragon, warned everyone about it, and promptly dropped dead. Fortunately for Elaida, she seems to have a better handle on the talent. She spews a bunch of doom-and-gloom about darkness swallowing the world. Then she cranks up the creep-factor, leaning in close to Rand and whispering to him alone that big changes are coming to the world, and he is the center of it all.
Elaida and Gareth suggest that Morgase throw Rand in jail for a while, but Morgase disagrees. She says that suspicion is smothering Andor, and she won’t be a part of it. Rand swears an oath that falling into the palace grounds wasn’t part of some plot, and she sends him on his way. Elayne and Gawyn come along to the gate. Elayne tells him he’s handsome. Gawyn says he looks like an Aielman. Congratulations, Rand — that makes you exotic eye candy.
Posted on July 24, 2025
Rand heads out into the city to see the false Dragon, Logain. He gets chased by a beggar and ends up viewing the procession from the top of a wall. Startled by a girl’s voice, Rand falls and is knocked unconscious.
Rand is excited about seeing the false Dragon, Logain, but Mat refuses to even get out of bed. Undeterred, Rand heads down to the common room. Master Gill tells him that a man who looks like a beggar has been asking around for Rand and his friends by name.
Out in town, Rand allows himself to be swept along with the crowd toward a place where Logain will be brought before the Queen. Just when he is situated, the beggar materializes out of the crowd. Rand abandons his spot and flees. Nevertheless, he is still determined to catch a glimpse of Logain, so he climbs a wall that marks the boundary between the inner city and the palace grounds. It works — until a girl’s voice startles him. He tumbles off the wall, smacks his head, and blacks out.
Let’s recap. So far, Rand’s big adventure in Caemlyn consists of ditching Mat, getting stalked by a homeless guy, and knocking himself out cold. Honestly, at this point, Bela has a stronger résumé for the Dragon Reborn gig.
Posted on July 22, 2025
Lan rescues Egwene and Perrin while Nynaeve and Moiraine make a distraction, and the group continues on toward Caemlyn.
In this gripping installment, Moiraine’s rescue plan goes off exactly as planned. Lan rescues Egwene and Perrin, Moiraine channels a bunch of lightning strikes, and the Whitecloaks’ horses escape thanks to Nynaeve’s handiwork. Not a single complication occurs. Zero tension, zero setbacks. Hollywood, take notes.
If I had to pick the most interesting thing about this chapter, it would be the part where Nynaeve rubs an ointment on the bruises Perrin suffered from the Whitecloaks, and they instantly fade away. In moments. Oh, Nynaeve, don’t worry — I’m sure you just really know your herbology, and this had absolutely nothing to do with the One Power. Go ahead and keep criticizing Moiraine — but pretty soon you’re going to have to either sear yourself out on purpose, or admit that she might not be the villain.
Nynaeve and Moiraine also notice that Perrin’s eyes have changed to a golden color. Lan and Moiraine seem to know something about this. In fact, Lan reveals that he is old acquaintances with Elyas. Just when it seems like we’re going to get some explanation about where this whole wolf thing came from, Moiraine becomes predictably reticent and starts mumbling about “the Wheel weaves as the Wheel wills.” Translation: “Shut up and stop asking questions!” Thanks a lot for the info dump, Moiraine. God forbid we get a straight answer before book five. You just nuked a Whitecloak camp — why don’t you go check off “smite zealots” on your to-do list and stop blue-balling us with cryptic nonsense?
Posted on July 21, 2025
Moiraine, Lan, and Nynaeve find the Whitecloak encampment and plunge it into chaos and confusion.
We grudgingly turn back to Moiraine, Lan, and Nynaeve. Moiraine loses the AirTag trail at one point, then shortly thereafter regains it. Clearly, this runs parallel to Chapter 30: Children of Shadow where Perrin and Egwene managed to get their dumb asses captured by the Whitecloaks.
When they near the Whitecloak encampment, Moiraine makes a plan. Nynaeve will sneak over to where the camp’s horses are tied up and cut the picket line most of the way through. Moiraine will create a distraction, and Lan will use confusion to mount a rescue.
It’s a refreshing change to see Nynaeve do something other than yank her braid and berate everyone else for daring to even breathe. She steals over to the horses and accomplishes her task like a boss. She also happens to locate Bela (our savior?) just before lightning starts striking the ground near the camp. In the same moment, wolves launch their attack.
Mayhem erupts, and Moiraine itches to check off another box on her to-do list.
Posted on July 21, 2025
Master Gill gives Rand and Mat a meal before they head up to their room. Cursed people are boring to hang around with, so Rand explores the inn on his own and meets an Ogier named Loial.
Over a scant meal, Rand tells Master Gill a version of how he and Mat came to be in Caemlyn. He doesn’t delve into the parts about the Trollocs and the Fades so much, and just says that some really bad dudes are after them, and that they need to regroup with Moiraine and the rest of their companions so they can seek protection in Tar Valon. Mat is content to sit there and interject pessimistic bullshit into the conversation. Innkeeper duties pull Master Gill away, so the boys finish their meal and are shown to their room. Mat just wants to lie in bed and talk sweetly with his precious dagger, so Rand explores the inn on his own.
The Queen’s Man has a feature that Rand has never seen before — an extensive library, filled with books. It is also filled with a new character. We are in chapter 36, which is roughly 2/3 of the way through the book. The fact that we are still introducing new major characters is testament to the series’ structure and pace. This is a long journey, and as if to prove that we’ve barely even made it out of the opening credits, this chapter introduces us to Loial. As an Ogier, he is massive in size and stature, and his life parallels the Wheel of Time series — it’s really fucking long, and most of it still lies ahead. He tells Rand that he’s “only 90 years old” and technically didn’t have permission from his elders to leave his stedding and go traveling.
A few minutes of conversation with Loial makes it clear that he is very much a student of history. He spent years reading about the world, and seems to know more about the history of Andor than most of its residents do. He asks Rand what brings him so far from home, and Rand finds himself telling Loial everything. The story makes Loial realize Rand and his companions are ta’veren — highly influential people who cause major changes in the Pattern. Loial asks to come with them, but Rand turns him down because apparently adding a giant to the group would be too obvious. Sure, Rand. It’s the giant that’ll blow your cover — not the best friend with a cursed dagger, the other friend with wolf eyes, the Aes Sedai and her Warder, or your own little habit of randomly channeling the One Power.
Posted on July 20, 2025
Rand and Mat head to The Queen’s Man, per Thom’s instructions. Master Gill, the innkeeper, allows them to stay at the inn while they look for their missing companions.
Let’s stick with Rand and Mat this chapter. Screw everyone else. Almen drops them off as soon as they roll into Caemlyn. Mat is acting way more paranoid and negative than you would expect from a happy-go-lucky goofball, but I guess that’s what carrying around a cursed dagger will do to you. Rand insists that they follow Thom’s parting instructions and seek out an inn called The Queen’s Man.
The innkeeper — Master Gill — turns out to be an old friend of Thom’s. According to him, Thom used to be employed by the Queen’s court right there in Caemlyn. Gill says he was Courtbard, but let’s call things what they are — he was the court jester, and now Danny Kaye is beginning to make a solid (if unconvincing) case for replacing Patrick Stewart in the role of Thom Merrilin. Rand and Mat tell Master Gill that Thom is dead, but Gill says he’ll believe that when he sees a corpse.
Evidently, Thom’s name still carries weight — enough for a meal, a bed, and the rare luxury of not sleeping in a hayloft — so they head to the common room for some food.
Posted on July 20, 2025
Rand and Mat narrowly avoid another Fade and hitch a ride that finally gets them to Caemlyn.
How many chapters have we been stuck with Rand and Mat now? Four in a row. What happened with Perrin and Egwene after they fell into the clutches of the Whitecloaks? Where the hell is Moiraine and company?
ROBERT JORDAN: Who the fuck cares? They aren’t the Dragon Reborn. Let’s continue on with the Rand (and Mat, I guess) show!
Waking up in a haystack one day after almost being murdered in the stables, Rand and Mat see that droves of people are headed to catch a glimpse of Logain. Walking the entire day, dusk finds them in the last town before Caemlyn. Outside the village inn, two men stand conversing in shadows. Rand realizes with a start that one of them is actually a Fade.
The Fade departs, and we learn that the man (and Darkfriend) he was speaking with is the innkeeper, Raimun Holdwin. An elderly man who is preparing his cart nearby, Almen Bunt, comments that Raimun keeps strange friends. Raimun says that his friend is a rich merchant whose heron-mark sword was stolen by two young Darkfriends. Almen doesn’t give him much credit, and is more focused on preparing for a journey through the night into Caemlyn.
When Raimun disappears inside, Rand approaches Almen and asks for a ride. Almen yammers the whole way there. He rambles about Andoran royalty — how the Daughter-Heir, Elayne, will go to study at the White Tower, while her brother Gawyn will train with the Warders. We learn that Moiraine’s half-brother, Taringail Damodred, is Elayne and Gawyn’s father. Also, Elaida is no longer at the White Tower, and is serving as Queen Morgase’s advisor.
Rand soon grows tired of listening to this huge lore dump, and nods off to sleep. He wakes up to Caemlyn’s walls rising in the dawn light — an actual city, after four chapters of barns, hedgerows, and haystacks. About damn time. If the next chapter starts in a stable, I’m calling the Dark One myself.
Posted on July 19, 2025
Rand and Mat deal with the aftereffects of their encounter with Gode, and escape from a couple more Darkfriends as they make their way closer to Caemlyn.
In Chapter 21: Listen to the Wind, Moiraine told Nynaeve about how wilders — women who learn to channel on their own — typically experience a miraculous resolution to a life or death situation, which is quickly followed by a sudden-onset fever that clears up quickly. Hmm… hey Rand, how you doing, buddy?
Immediately after Four Kings, it isn’t Rand who needs help, but rather Mat. Apparently Mat was staring directly at the window when it blew apart, leaving him half-blind. Unfortunately, the boys don’t have the option to hang around Four Kings and find an optometrist, so Rand leads Mat by the hand all the way to the next town.
A meal and a night’s rest at the local inn finds them in considerably better shape. Mat’s vision is much improved, and Rand’s spirits are on the mend. They decide to sit down for a nice breakfast before heading out. Sounds like the perfect time for a Darkfriend to waltz in and take a shit all over everything! Paitr strolls into the common room and approaches Rand and Mat with all the timidity of a rookie Jehovah’s Witness recruit who is still learning to evangelize. Paitr’s approach is actually kind of funny — instead of making a murderous attempt on their lives, he says he “just wants to talk,” stammering out an unconvincing spiel about how the Great Lord of the Dark is too powerful, and how they’ll never get away. Rand gives him a satisfying pop in the nose, and they hurry out of town.
At the next town, the inn is packed with people who are headed for Caemlyn to see Logain. Mat’s vision is improved enough that their plan is to perform again in exchange for room and board, but during their interview with the innkeeper, Rand suddenly comes down with that fever we’ve been waiting for. New plan! Mat convinces the innkeeper to give them some food and let them sleep in the stables in exchange for Rand not stumbling into his common room and coughing all over the place. Mat manages to get Rand comfortable in the stable, and they catch a little sleep. But soon, a well-dressed woman comes into the stable under the pretense of checking on her horse. Surprise! She’s another Darkfriend, and she tries to murder them.
Jesus. Gode, Paitr, the woman in the stables. Just how many people are pledging their eternal souls to the Great Lord of the Dark? It almost seems like they have enough recruits to hold a Darkfriend convention and start handing out yard signs.
Posted on July 16, 2025
Four Kings is a ghetto. Rand and Mat must perform at an inn run by a creepy man who means to rob them, or worse. They are cornered by a Darkfriend who demands they submit to the Dark One, and Rand channels lightning to help them escape.
This chapter begins by describing what a decrepit shithole Four Kings is. The houses are drab and weathered, the ground rutted from all the wagons traffic. And the children are playing in the ruts, for heaven’s sake. Men are *gasp* yelling lewd comments at women! It is difficult to read the description of the town and not think of that scene in Eurotrip where the group finds itself in Eastern Europe.
Despite their misgivings about the town, Rand and Mat spot thunderclouds rolling in and they don’t want to get caught in the rain. All but one inn has already hired entertainment, and the one place that hasn’t — The Dancing Cartman — gives off a vibe that makes the Bates Motel seem inviting by comparison. The proprietor, Saml Hake, is a vile man who treats his wait staff like shit. He retains the services of two bouncers, as though he expects trouble. If this guy lived in modern-day Earth, he’d be the type that walks around with a pistol tucked into the waistband of his pants. Saml grudgingly agrees to feed them and give them a place to sleep in exchange for filling his common room.
Before long, the common room is indeed packed, and the rain comes down in sheets. As they perform, Rand catches Saml eyeing his sword and Thom’s flute covetously, and he warns Mat that Saml is going to try to rob them. He also spots a well-dressed man in the crowd who keeps flashing a creepy “I just might be a Darkfriend” smile in their direction. During their meal break, Rand learns that this man is Howal Gode, a merchant from Whitebridge.
The hour grows late, and eventually the common room empties, with Gode being the last man to disappear upstairs to his room. Hake and his goons take Rand and Mat to their accommodations for the night. When they leave, Rand wedges the door shut. They try to escape through the window, but find metal bars on the outside. Someone tries to open the door — it’s Gode, and he has men with him in the hallway and outside of the window. He makes no attempt to hide the fact that he serves the Dark One, and demands they do the same.
Gode’s men start hammering on the door and it is clear that there is no escape. Suddenly, lightning strikes the metal bars on the window and obliterates most of the wall. With a thunderstorm raging, the obvious conclusion is pure luck. Sure, lightning just happened to hit the exact set of bars on the window Rand was staring at while screaming inside his head. Total coincidence. Ignoring the downpour, the boys bolt into the night.
Posted on July 15, 2025
It’s just Rand, Mat, and a long dusty road. Can anyone say “buddy road trip?” Along the way, they trade labor and performance art for food and lodging.
Rand and Mat walk east toward Caemlyn, avoiding strangers whenever possible. They don’t have much money left, so Rand once again brings up the idea of selling the ruby dagger, and Mat flips out. Sell his precious? Outrageous! Maybe we should start with something less drastic, like cutting off an arm.
With money tight, the boys often trade farm labor for food and lodging. Rand hates wasting daylight working when they could be covering ground. Plus a lot of the homesteaders are distrustful of strangers, and they often find themselves chased away like vermin. But at one friendly farm — Master Grinwell’s — they actually get invited inside for a meal with his family. Mat juggles for them and Rand plays Thom’s flute. Master Grinwell is absolutely taken by the entertainment, and suggests that men would pay good money to see them perform. He starts getting ideas about Rand and Mat staying for another day, but Mistress Grinwell has noticed her teenage daughter Else eyeing Rand like he’s the last sausage at breakfast and decides this flute-playing thing has gone far enough.
From then on, they spend their nights in relative comfort by performing at inns in exchange for room and board. Since they don’t need daylight to perform, it also maximizes their travel time. All in all, the journey is smooth. But then they reach Four Kings.
Posted on July 14, 2025
Well, turns out a stedding ain’t so safe after all. Not from religious zealotry, at any rate. The Children of the Light march into the area, taking Elyas, Perrin, and Egwene by surprise. Elyas tells them to run, and hightails it out of there. Despite the wolves’ attacks and Perrin taking out two of the Children with his axe, Perrin and Egwene are captured.
Elyas and Perrin exchange some words away from the campfire by the stedding’s pond. When Elyas asks Perrin about Egwene, Perrin admits he loves her. He even says that it’s not brotherly love, and makes it clear that if Rand weren’t in the picture, he’d be making his move. Theory confirmed!
Suddenly, both men receive a telepathic warning from the wolves. They run back to douse the fire, and Elyas tells them to run before vanishing into the night. Despite it being pitch black, Perrin effortlessly finds a hiding spot amidst the ruins of the Artur Hawkwing statue. That’s right — in addition to telepathically communicating with wolves, Perrin now has superhero-grade night vision. These abilities are cool and all, but there had better be some kind of lore and backstory behind them. Like why Perrin, and where do these powers come from? I’m waiting for answers, Mr. Jordan.
Perrin probably could have chosen a better hiding spot if it had been just him and Egwene — but hiding a horse tends to limit your options, and they can’t abandon Bela, right? What if she’s the Dragon Reborn? Perrin and Egwene wait, watching helplessly as men with torches sweep the camp in formation until they are discovered. The soldiers demand that they come out and drop their weapons. Hopper chooses this moment to tear out the throat of one of the mounted men, but a spear skewers and pins him to the ground. For half a heartbeat, Perrin freezes. Then rage takes him, and he charges with an axe in his hands — until a blow from the side sends him sprawling into darkness.
***
Perrin regains consciousness in a Whitecloak tent. He and Egwene are both securely bound, hand and foot. Geofram Bornhald greets them. He is the Lord Captain of the Children, and father to Dain Bornhald, whom we met in Baerlon. Also present is Jaret Byar, a goon who has a penchant for committing acts of violence first and asking questions never. When he is questioned, Perrin makes up a version of the truth that leaves out their involvement with shadowspawn and Aes Sedai. Bornhald doesn’t buy it and decides to keep the Emond’s Fielders captive. The good news? The Children are marching toward Caemlyn. The bad news? Perrin killed two Children — and the gallows are waiting.
Posted on July 14, 2025
Elyas, Perrin, and Egwene run away from deadly flocks of ravens. They find a place of peace and safety called a stedding — a place so peaceful even the shadowspawn won’t enter. Elyas tells them about the final days of Artur Hawkwing’s empire.
Elyas guides Perrin and Egwene through rolling hills of wilderness. They move at a pace balanced between urgency and paranoia. Elyas insists on staying below the ridge line whenever possible, and just when it seems like he’s jumping at shadows, a flock of ravens bursts out of a copse of trees. “Oh,” you might say. “A flock of ravens, well that’s not so bad. They’re the eyes and ears of the Dark One and all, but they’re just birds, right?” Then a fox bursts out of the treeline, running as fast as possible, and is swarmed by the ravens until nothing is left but a bloody pulp. Alrighty then, make that a murderous swarm of ravens. Perhaps this situation has become a tad more worrying.
They make haste for some time before they abruptly sense a change. Elyas announces that they have reached a stedding, a place of safety where shadowspawn will not go. It is a place of peace where even Aes Sedai are cut off from the True Source.
In the middle of the stedding is the ruined remains of a statue of Artur Hawkwing. Elyas turns out to be quite the history buff. He tells Perrin and Egwene about how during the final days of his reign, Hawkwing planned to build a capital right here in the stedding, in the center of the continent; but on the day the statue was completed, Hawkwing died. His relatives squabbled amongst themselves, and the land fractured in the War of the Hundred Years. Turns out unifying a continent is easier than keeping your kids from turning it into a generational civil war. Most of his descendants perished, but some voyaged across the Aryth Ocean. I believe this will be relevant later when the Seanchan enter the picture.
Posted on July 14, 2025
Nynaeve is angry — at Moiraine for being right all the time, and at Lan for making her feel all funny inside. In Whitebridge, they learn that Thom likely went downriver, and two of the boys went east toward Caemlyn.
Meanwhile, Nynaeve is still stuck traveling with two of her least favorite people in the world. Moiraine and Lan effortlessly push her buttons. Not that it’s hard to push Nynaeve’s buttons — she’s got so many hair triggers that any stray breeze could easily become the target of her vexation. Nynaeve is one of those characters who began the story thinking she had the entire world figured out, so she’s understandably upset when she realizes that she’s out of her depth — and clings to the idea that she must be right, while everyone else has lost their heads.
I think Nynaeve is also angry with herself for being attracted to Lan. It’s pretty inconvenient falling for a man who is magically tethered to another woman. Unless you’re into that sort of thing, which is not the vibe I get from our sheltered Wisdom from Emond’s Field. This guy has been traveling with Moiraine for the last twenty years, and anyone who has read New Spring is well aware that Lan has a thing for Cairhienan women, so let’s not pretend nothing intimate has happened between them. That’s got to add up to a tangled mess of attraction, jealousy, and suppressed gag reflex… unless she’s into that sort of thing. We’ll have to read on to see.
The chapter finds our heroes reaching the White Bridge. Moiraine keeps waving her hands around, searching for traces of the lost AirTags. By the time they are halfway across the bridge, the acrid scent of burned wood makes it clear that something explosive has recently gone down. Several buildings in the town square have been burned to the ground. Moiraine speaks with the townspeople and Nynaeve senses genuine concern and empathy from the Aes Sedai. But we know what’s really bothering Moiraine. That was her destruction to cause, and someone else already checked it off the list!
According to townspeople, a gleeman was chased out of town by a mob of people, and he fled downriver on a boat. That explains where Thom went — I’m guessing his battle with the Fade somehow caused the destruction, and he became the scapegoat. After a meal in the Wayfarer’s Rest, Moiraine believes the two boys who were with Thom must have continued toward Caemlyn. Wasting no time, they get back on the road.
Posted on July 13, 2025
Perrin has another Ba’alzamon dream, so he, Elyas, and Egwene part company with the Tuatha’an.
Over in gypsy-land, Perrin finds that the Tuatha’an make such slow progress that it’s a wonder they ever get anywhere. It makes him nervous because he knows that dark forces are in pursuit. The last thing he wants is to bring harm to such a peaceful people.
The women in the camp take to performing a suggestive dance in front of Perrin. They are amused that it makes his face turn red, so more and more of them join in as the days go on. By day three, it’s less of a dance and more of a coordinated campaign to see if they can get Perrin to faint. Unfortunately, Perrin being Perrin, he does nothing about it. We don’t get to hear about which woman he thinks is most attractive. He doesn’t strike up a conversation with any of them. If this chapter is truly reflecting Perrin’s experience, then all he does is sit, blush, and silently watch the women dance like a boy who wandered into the wrong tavern. If it weren’t for the blushing, I would be ready to question if he’s even attracted to women at all. Does this mean he is introverted and shy to a fault?
Or maybe…
I’m starting to wonder if Perrin is secretly attracted to Egwene. From the start of the book, it was always a forgone notion that Rand and Egwene were crushing on each other. But Min kind of poured water on that fire, didn’t she? Maybe Perrin harbors secret feelings for Egwene that he has pushed to the side out of respect for Rand. But if Egwene is going to run off with some pacifist Tinker freak? Just look at how Perrin goes out of his way to shit all over the good time Egwene is having with Aram. Either he’s jealous that Egwene is way more comfortable with the opposite sex than he is, or he’s upset that she has her sights set on another man.
One night when Perrin has a Ba’alzamon dream, Elyas announces that it is time for them to strike out on their own, and they part ways with Raen’s group.
Posted on July 13, 2025
The Spray reaches Whitebridge. Thom, Rand and Mat search for their lost companions, and learn that their enemies have already been here asking about them. When they attempt to leave the city, a Fade appears and Thom bravely charges it to give Rand and Mat the chance to escape.
The Spray pulls into Whitebridge. The city’s eponymous structure is so impossibly perfect it could only be a relic from the Age of Legends. Captain Domon hands payment to Thom as thanks for boosting crew morale during the trip and tries to convince him to stay on until Illian. It’s a tempting offer, but Thom declines, explaining that they must seek out the people they came to Whitebridge to meet.
Thom leads Rand and Mat to a square in the middle of town where the bridge came down onto the land. At an inn called the Wayfarer’s Rest, they find a secluded part of the common room and chat with the innkeeper. They learn that Logain has been captured and is being paraded back to Tar Valon. They also learn that another hunt for the Horn of Valere is being arranged in Illian.
Thom tries to be circumspect, but the moment he describes their missing companions, the innkeeper’s cordiality turns icy, and he asks them to leave. Both a “weaselly fellow” and a man in a black hooded cloak had already come through asking after the same people, plus a gleeman with white hair. If these were Padan Fain and a Fade, then it’s no wonder that the innkeeper wants nothing more to do with them.
To make matters worse, they hear Gelb in another part of the common room loudly insisting that Thom, Rand, and Mat are Darkfriends. They crawl through a window in to an alley to escape the inn without Gelb noticing them, and Thom takes a brief detour to buy a plain brown cloak. If the Fade is looking for a gleeman, bundling up his colorful cloak and instruments seems to be the most prudent course of action. Unfortunately, this turns out to be too little too late. Scarcely have the three stepped into the square when a Fade appears. People scatter, realizing that something is about to happen. Thom hands Rand and Mat his gleeman cloak bundle and prepares for his very own Gandalf-the-Gray moment — no bridge to stand on, just a grim square and a big bad guy in broad daylight. He tells Rand and Mat to run, then charges the Fade, tumbling to the ground with it in a heap.
Posted on July 13, 2025
Elyas, Perrin, and Egwene meet the Tuatha’an. At their camp, they learn about the culture and hear a story about a dire warning from an Aiel spear maiden about the Eye of the World.
Chapter 25 begins by talking about Bela. Bela! This is feeding right into my conspiracy theories, Mr. Jordan. There was no real need to mention the horse by name, was there? Unless, of course, she is a key character. Or perhaps the Dragon Reborn!? </conspiracy theory>
Egwene tries to pester Elyas into riding the Dragon Reborn Bela, but he tells her in no uncertain terms to piss off — simultaneously putting her in her place and emasculating Perrin. Soon they come upon a large copse of trees where three big dogs threaten them, but Elyas does one of his “dog whisperer” tricks to calm them. He says it means that Tuatha’an are here, clarifying that they are also known as the “Traveling People” or “Tinkers.”
Ah, Tinkers! Now Egwene knows what Elyas is talking about. He ought to have used the proper slurs to begin with. Lucky for everyone involved, it just so happens that these two weeks away from Emond’s Field have turned Egwene into a bona fide expert on the cultures and people of the world. She counsels moving on and avoiding contact, because as everyone knows, Tinkers are raging kleptomaniacs. Hey, Egwene, is there any way you could manage to be more of a provincial bigot? You sound like a small-town girl from Iowa warning that Nigerians are all internet scammers, and that you’d better hold your breath around Indians because they smell like curry.
Elyas gently lets Egwene know that her preconceptions are wrong. He might not like the Tuatha’an, but they aren’t thieves, and they do need a place to camp for the night. Heading into the copse, Perrin and Egwene meet Raen, the leader. It’s clear that Elyas has a history with him and his wife, Ila, but we don’t learn anything about it. Their grandson, Aram, makes an appearance. When he’s not busy hitting on Egwene, Aram explains the Way of the Leaf — the pacifist philosophy his people follow. I guess that makes them a cross between Jains and gypsies?
After Aram whisks Egwene away to have dinner with his parents — whoa, this relationship is moving really fast! — Raen tells a story about a band of Tuatha’an who were crossing the Aiel Waste. They came upon a dying spear maiden who had evidently gone hunting Trollocs in the Blight and was barely alive to tell of it. She spoke of the Dark One meaning to blind the Eye of the World.
Posted on July 11, 2025
Rand, Mat and Thom continue down the Arinelle on the Spray. Gelb is on everyone’s shit list, Rand has another moment of reckless courage, Mat covets his preeeecious dagger, and Thom tries to keep it all from coming apart at the seams.

The Ways aren’t quite like this. But they’re close enough to make you feel like you need Dramamine.
Rand begins the chapter in Tel’aran’rhiod, the World of Dreams. Or is he somewhere else entirely? Because it sounds pretty similar to the Ways if you ask me, where “what seemed far away might be reached by turning a corner” and “what appeared close could be out of reach altogether.” From that surreal space, suddenly he is in a maze of thorny hedges and passages paved with human skulls. He pricks his finger and Ba’alzamon chases him through the dream like a demented clown from a low budget horror movie. When he wakes up, he still has the cut on his finger. Dun dun dun!
Back in the world of the wakeful, Gelb is in the dog house. Everyone on the ship knows that he was sleeping through his watch, and the least offensive treatment he receives is a fellow crewman spitting on his foot and telling him to get lost. Between the name and the lack of brain cells, I’m starting to wonder if Gelb and Caniedrin from New Spring share a bloodline. I don’t recall what role Gelb ultimately plays in The Eye of the World, but if the Caniedrin parallel holds, he’s going to end up being a Darkfriend, trying to murder Rand, betraying Rand out of spite, or some combination of these.

I’m the king of the world! Also possibly going insane!
Rand, meanwhile, is still struggling with his latent channeling abilities without even knowing it. He climbs to the top of the mast, then sits there and laughs maniacally as he feels the sway of the ship and does his best Leonardo DeCaprio impression. Thom has to climb up to let him know that everyone is staring at him like he’s insane, so he slides down to the deck, acting like it was all part of being a gleeman’s apprentice.
This is when we get our first glimpse at the ruby-studded dagger. Mat has been withdrawn, and his obsession with treasure has reached cartoonish levels — even for him. He confesses that he took the dagger from Shadar Logoth, but insists that it doesn’t count because Mordeth didn’t give it to him. For fuck’s sake, Mat. What do you think Shadar Logoth is — a bureaucracy? Evil doesn’t operate on technicalities! This is like saying you can’t get food poisoning from a buffet if you weren’t charged for the plate. Rand promises not to tell anyone about the dagger, and the journey continues.
Posted on July 10, 2025
Perrin and Egwene bumble their way through the wilderness. They meet Elyas, a man who can speak with wolves. Elyas tells Perrin that he has the ability as well, and agrees to guide them toward Caemlyn.
This is one of those character-defining chapters. Perrin, you’re up, buddy!
If the trek through the wilderness teaches Perrin and Egwene anything, it’s that they’re shitty hunters. They manage to catch one rabbit, then spend the rest of their time barely subsisting on shoots and tubers. It’s no wonder why — they spend so much time bickering like a married couple that neither of them has time to hunt. Egwene pesters Perrin about taking turns riding Bela, and Perrin pesters Egwene about not trying to channel to start a fire.
One evening, they smell a cookfire. Perrin scouts ahead and meets Elyas, a man who is dressed head to toe in animal skins. He invites Perrin and Egwene to share his food, and hunger makes the decision for them.
When their stomachs are full and darkness falls, Elyas’ “friends” show up. Turns out he doesn’t work well with others, so these friends are of the four-legged lupine variety. With all the trouble Two Rivers folk have had with wolves, you can imagine their terror when four wolves saunter into the camp and casually seat themselves around the fire.
Elyas is as wary of strangers as anyone else, so he asks Perrin and Egwene what brought them out into the middle of nowhere. The fabricated story they deliver lands flat. Elyas knows it’s a load of shit because he can talk to the wolves, and the wolves can essentially read peoples’ minds. Elyas presses them to tell the truth — they might be Darkfriends, after all — and before long they spill everything about what brought them to the wilderness.
Satisfied that Perrin and Egwene aren’t Darkfriends, Elyas introduces them to Dapple, Hopper, Burn, and Wind. He says that Perrin possesses the ability to speak to wolves too. Most of the wolves seem to accept that Elyas wants to help guide them toward Caemlyn, but Burn shows his dissatisfaction by leaving the camp.
Posted on July 10, 2025
Perrin finds Egwene, and they decide to head straight to Caemlyn.
This has to be a record short chapter. Some of the other chapters have been nearly four times as long as this one.
Perrin awakes from a fitful night’s rest. He decides to head south toward Whitebridge, but when he stumbles upon horseshoe marks in the dirt, they lead him straight to Egwene.
Somehow, Egwene has managed to get across the river with Bela and all of her supplies. I swear, this chapter alone is enough to spark conspiracy theories about Bela. Like somehow, she’s the main character, the real hero of this book, and everyone else is merely part of the supporting cast. In fact, just how old is Bela, anyway? Was she born on the slopes of Dragonmount?
Their first notion is to head down the Arinelle to Whitebridge, but they figure that is what the shadowspawn will do as well. So instead, they decide to head straight along the hypotenuse toward Caemlyn.
Posted on July 10, 2025
We have our very first Nynaeve-centric chapter, where she meets up with Moiraine and Lan, then argues with Moiraine as if winning the debate will somehow make their situation less dire. The three decide to travel together, heading south along the Arinelle.

The dot gave it away.
Nynaeve spends the night nestled in a hollow near the banks of the Arinelle. As it happens, this puts her just a stone’s throw from Moiraine and Lan, so naturally she sneaks up and listens. It sounds like the silver marks Moiraine gave to Rand, Mat and Perrin were the Aes Sedai equivalent of AirTags, so she can sense that one of them made it to the opposite bank while the others went downriver. Of course, since Rand and Mat gave theirs away, they are no longer trackable.
Moiraine is able to sense Nynaeve’s presence, so she gets busted for eavesdropping. Moiraine explains she could do this because Nynaeve can wield the One Power too. Naturally, Nynaeve childishly refuses to believe it, but Moiraine presses on and convinces her that this explains everything mysterious that has happened over the course of her life. Her abilities as a Wisdom to heal injuries and predict the weather didn’t come from “listening to the wind” like everyone had assumed — she was subconsciously reaching out to the True Source. I guess Nynaeve is “growing up” as much as any of the other folks from Emond’s Field. As tempting as it is to blame her for lashing out and pushing this vague, self-righteous crusade where she expects Moiraine to “do something” — the fact that she tears up near the end of the chapter demonstrates that she is as immature as all the other country bumpkins.
Finally, we get lots of hints dropped throughout this chapter about the relationship that will bloom between Nynaeve and Lan. To be honest, I had forgotten about it before starting The Eye of the World, but was reminded when I saw the dot on Nynaeve’s forehead in some fan art. Those two seem to be almost polar opposites — Nynaeve is this seething cauldron of angst and rage, and Lan is cool and calm like the surface of an alpine lake on a windless day. Of course there will be fireworks when these two come together! Thinking back to New Spring where we learned of Lan’s romantic misadventures in Cairhien and the business with his carneira, I wonder what Nynaeve will say when she learns just how many fortresses Lan has stormed.
Posted on July 9, 2025
In their desperation to flee the shadowspawn and the evil presence of Shadar Logoth, the group becomes fractured. Perrin makes it across the Arinelle River. Rand, Mat, and Thom find passage downriver aboard the Spray. The fate of the other characters remains unknown.
Moving through the haunted city, Lan and Moiraine take the lead and carelessly allow the rest to fall behind. At a yell from Moiraine, the laggards screech to a halt. A thin line of fog crosses their path, growing from a wisp into a tendril, and then thickens into a sinister, smoky vine. Moiraine explains that this is Mashadar, the evil presence that infects Shadar Logoth. She tells them to head east, toward the red star in the sky and the Arinelle River.
Now that they’re separated from anyone who knows what the hell they are doing, the rest of the group — Rand, Mat, Perrin, Thom, Egwene, and Nynaeve — predictably scatters in multiple directions the moment they encounter Trollocs.
Perrin finds Egwene, and they gallop out of the city pursued by Trollocs. Perrin’s mount runs straight off a steep bluff and plunges into the Arinelle. He manages to swim to the other side, but it is unclear what became of Egwene.
Rand quickly finds Mat and Thom. They also make it to the Arinelle, but they find a boat moored there in the night. With Trollocs in pursuit, they have no choice but to toss their belongings over the rail and scramble aboard. In his haste, Rand clobbers a sleeping deckhand whose parents hated him enough to name him Gelb. The crew of the boat quickly helps fight off the Trollocs and get the craft moving downriver.
The captain of the Spray is Bayle Domon, who speaks like he just got off the boat from Jamaica. Captain Domon demands payment for passage to Whitebridge and compensation for the Trolloc trouble, so Rand and Mat pony up the silver marks they got from Moiraine. Thom makes some shit up about how they ended up where they did, and in so doing turns Rand and Mat into his apprentices.
Posted on July 9, 2025
Mat cajoles Rand and Perrin into slipping away and exploring Shadar Logoth. They meet the evil spirit Mordeth, nearly falling victim to his tricks before escaping back to camp. With Trollocs combing the city, it’s time to move again.
Lan quickly locates a building where the group can take shelter. Moiraine settles down in the corner of a room and consults with Nynaeve about taking an herbal sleep aid. With Lan watching the Wisdom distrustfully, Thom and the boys take the horses into an inner room.

Matthew Broderick as Phillip Gaston in Ladyhawke
This seems like a good time to talk about Mat, because this chapter really cemented my vision of his character. When I first read this book back in 1993, the role of Matrim Cauthon somehow got filled in my mind by Matthew Broderick. This can be attributed partly to Mr. Broderick’s iconic prankster role in Ferris Bueller’s Day Off (1986), but mostly to his turn in Ladyhawke (1985) as Phillipe Gaston. Phillipe is a thief, known as “The Mouse,” who begins the film by escaping from medieval castle dungeons. All the while he mutters things that are both comedic and humble, such as when he squeezed through an impossibly tight hole in some rocks:
PHILLIPE: This is not unlike escaping my mother’s womb. God, what a memory.
Or, later in the film, when weird shit starts happening with his traveling companions:
PHILLIPE: Maybe I’m dreaming. My eyes are open, which means maybe I’m awake dreaming that I’m asleep. Or, or more likely, I’m asleep dreaming that I’m awake wondering if I’m dreaming.
Or the classic:
PHILLIPE: Sir, the truth is, I talk to God all the time, and, no offense, but He never mentioned you.
So many to choose from. The point being that Phillipe, at first glance, is a flippant character who is only capable of causing trouble for himself and others. But he gets swept up in a series of events, and demonstrates that he’s really a rogue with a heart. Sound familiar? I’m looking at you, Matrim Cauthon.
With Lan’s attention focused on Moiraine in the other room, and Thom having gone off to smoke his pipe, Mat is operating in full mischief mode. Actually, it’s Ferris mode, right? Because within moments, he has concocted a plan to sneak out, play hooky from Moiraine and Lan, and explore the city. Does this sound familiar to anyone? Anyone? Anyone? Anyone? Naturally Rand and Perrin are swept along for the ride. Granted, they aren’t cruising around in a Ferrari, and it ain’t the Windy City of Chicago, but the parallel is undeniable once you spot it.
The boys explore a bit. Eventually, when Mat is unable to find any parades to hijack, he suggests they climb one of the nearby spires since it’s as close to the Sears Tower as he’s going to get. Rand and Perrin try to play the voice of reason, noting that it’s nearly sunset, but Mat insists that there is treasure to be found in a ruined city like this. That’s when a funny little man named Mordeth shows up. He says the towers are dangerous, but if it’s treasure they want, Mordeth has already discovered it! He just needs a little help carrying it to his horses — and promises there will be plenty left for the boys to keep.
As if to prove they are tragically gullible and naive, they follow this mystery man down into a dark cellar. Jesus. It’s like watching kids follow a clown into a sewer. If these three were alive in modern-day Earth, they all would have taken candy from a man in a white van and ended up with their pictures on the sides of milk cartons before they were ten years old. To cut a long story short, Mordeth turns out to be a creepy, evil spirit-thing, and they book it out of the cellar and back to base.
This time, the women in the party are completely justified in telling the boys that they have shit for brains. Mat proves the point when he argues that, since Moiraine said shadowspawn fear entering Shadar Logoth, the logical conclusion is that this ancient, abandoned city must be perfectly safe for them. Fuck no! Mordeth, Moiraine says, was the quintessential Evil Vizier of the city back in the days of Manetheren, and engineered its downfall.
A short while later, Lan returns from scouting and rouses everyone. The Fades are forcing the Trollocs to search Shadar Logoth, so it’s time to move.
Posted on July 8, 2025
Trolloc armies close in on the group from both sides, leaving them with no choice but to abandon the Caemlyn Road and head north through the hills. They do battle with a Trolloc army, and escape toward the abandoned city of Shadar Logoth.
Not even two weeks out of Emond’s Field, and Egwene has already forgotten to be grateful that everyone is still fed and alive. She complains about having to eat cheese, then turns to whining about wanting a hot cup of tea. Lan snaps at her and lets her know that the only fire they’ll have on the road will be coming from the charred remains of her corpse if the Trollocs catch up with them.
A hunting horn sounds from the West, and they get moving again. Lan scouts behind and finds at least three Fades coming their way, each commanding an army of 100 Trollocs. Before long, horns sound from the East as well. They’re being pincered from both sides! Since the Taren River lies to the South, the only option remaining is to head north. It’s slow going across the hilly terrain, and soon they crest a hill to find themselves staring at a long line of Trollocs, led by a Fade. Lan tells everyone to stay close and charges the Fade.
The first proper battle of the book has begun! This is where we first see the trademark battle cries in Wheel of Time. During my first read of this book, I was coming straight from having devoured books in the Redwall series, so the battle cries didn’t seem all that strange to me. Your mileage may vary. Lan bellows about the Seven Towers. Rand takes up the cry of “Manetheren! Manetheren!” And Mat? Mat starts yelling a battle cry in a dead language that we have never heard him speak. Setting aside everything that Min said at the Stag and Lion, this is our first glimpse of how there is a lot more to Mat than being a happy-go-lucky prankster.
Lan grapples with the Fade, Moiraine roasts Trollocs with fire weaves, and Rand flails away with his sword. Things are looking bleak, outnumbered as they are, when suddenly the Trollocs all fall screaming to the ground, clawing at their faces. Lan has decapitated the Fade, which apparently decimates the Trollocs under its command as well. Turns out killing the general is a hell of a morale-breaker.
There is no time to celebrate victory. Pressing on, they are soon set upon by three Fades, each with their own Trolloc army. So Moiraine grabs her angreal, channels earth — making the ground ripple beneath their feet — and fire — creating a vast, impenetrable wall of fire.
Moiraine creates a false trail for the army to follow, and they press on. Egwene asks Mat about what he yelled during the battle, and Moiraine translates it, identifying it as an ancient battle cry of Manetheren. She seems pleased that the old blood runs so strongly in their veins — or Mat’s, at least.
At last they arrive at the ruins of a vast city, many times larger than Baerlon. But it is obviously abandoned, and vegetation has overtaken it. Moiraine is not happy about ending up here, but Lan points out that this is a place where even shadowspawn will not tread. Always a good sign when the monsters chasing you would rather not go into the place you’re about to sleep, eh? Welcome to Shadar Logoth.
Posted on July 8, 2025
Everyone enjoys a rare moment of jollity, until Rand encounters a Fade and they have to hightail it out of Baerlon.
That evening, nearly everyone in the party is in the common room at the Stag and Lion. Thom is performing, while Rand, Mat, Perrin, Egwene, Moiraine, and even Nynaeve all get swept up in dancing with the other patrons. Their style of dance sounds a lot like line dancing, and it really triggers flashbacks to my elementary school days when square dancing was part of the physical education curriculum. Back then, I hated it for being an entirely too awkward thing to do with my schoolmates — especially the female ones — so I understand the source of Rand’s discomfort when he is briefly partnered with Egwene, Nynaeve and Moiraine. Nevertheless, it seems like they all have a great evening of revelry.
And Lan? Since there is no mention of him dancing, I expect he was standing to the side practicing his “statue” impression and eyeing everyone in the entire room with suspicion.
During all of this, there is a man sitting in the corner whose face is disfigured by a large scar. Both Rand and Mat spot him scowling in their direction during the dances. Lan reports seeing him too, but dismissively says he’s just a spy for the Whitecloaks. At the end of the evening, everyone heads upstairs to sleep and prepare for an early departure, but Rand goes to the kitchen for a glass of milk. On his way back, he encounters a Fade who flees when Lan comes running back downstairs. Uh– if Lan is supposed to be able to sense shadowspawn at a distance, why did he even leave Rand downstairs alone in the first place? Sloppy, Mr. Warder, sloppy.
Since their location is known, leaving immediately is the only option. Back at the Caemlyn Road gate where they entered the city, Lan bribes the guards into opening the gate despite the hour.
DAIN BORNHALD: Well lookie what we have here.
The guards stop opening the gate. Dain Bornhald is one of the Whitecloaks Mat decided to splash with mud, and he has a few fellow Children with him.
BORNHALD: Who but Darkfriends would have cause to leave at such a forsaken hour? If you walk in the Light, you have nothing to hide. And if you have nothing to hide, you have nothing to fear. Ah, but the Children of the Light can smell the fear. I will take these ruffians to our camp where they may be questioned in the Light.
MOIRAINE: Like hell you will.

You better stay the fuck out of Moiraine’s way!
Moiraine fends off Bornhald’s sword attack with her staff. Her entire body appears to grow in size, providing a distraction for her companions to escape through the partially open gate. She even appears to step over the city walls, although it is implied that this was all an illusion. A glow behind them suggests that the Stag and Lion has gone up in flames, no doubt because the proprietor refused to divulge information about them. And so, our intrepid adventurers strike out East, and Moiraine updates her to-do list.
Posted on July 7, 2025
Yes, Nynaeve really did track them all the way from Emond’s Field to Baerlon. She says she intends to bring Egwene and the boys back, but seems to lack conviction.
MIN: Psst! Hey, Rand!
RAND: Not now, Min.
MIN: Listen. That woman with the braid? She’s part of it.
THOM: Part of what?
MIN: It! There are way more sparks today than yesterday, Rand. Something is about to happen.
PERRIN: Come on, she’s in here.
Entering the private dining room, they see that Nynaeve is, indeed, there. The funny thing about Nynaeve is that even though she can’t be much into her twenties, everyone treats her like an overbearingly strict schoolteacher. None of the men, at least, seems even the least bit comfortable in her presence. And why should they be, with all of the judgment, criticism, mouth-tightening, and braid-tugging?
Moiraine and Nynaeve are seated on opposite sides of the table, practicing the ancient art of staring daggers. With everyone seated, Nynaeve shames Lan’s stealth skills by sharing how she was able to track them all the way to Baerlon. She announces her intention to bring Egwene and the boys back to Emond’s Field. Moiraine asks everyone in the room to leave so she can have a private word with Nynaeve.
When Nynaeve emerges, Lan heads straight back into the room, and Rand finds that everyone else who had been waiting with him has conveniently vanished. But strangely, her usual fiery attitude has calmed for the time being. Nynaeve reveals that back in the room, Moiraine had wanted to know if any of the boys were born outside of Two Rivers — and Rand goes right back to wishing he were a normal boy more fervently than Pinocchio ever did. Not wanting to lie to him, Nynaeve recollects that Tam went adventuring when he was younger, and eventually came back with a red-haired outlander for his wife, and a baby in swaddling clothes.
Still strangely subdued, Nynaeve excuses herself to see to a bath.
Posted on July 6, 2025
Rand meets Min and talks with her about the things she can see. In the city, Rand encounters a haggard Padan Fain and unsuccessfully tries to come to the Stag and Lion for a meal. Rand meets up with Mat and nearly channels during an encounter with some Whitecloaks. Thom counsels the boys to keep theirs mouths shut about Ba’alzamon and the dreams. Nynaeve is waiting for them in the Stag and Lion.
Rand learns that a bunch of rats have been found at the inn, all with their backs broken, just like in his dream. Downstairs, Thom is performing for the common room. Rand ducks into the kitchen for breakfast and meets Sara, the cook. She says that one of Rand’s friends is still upstairs, not feeling well. Predictably, this turns out to be Perrin, who had the same dream. Unable to convince his friend to get up and see the city, Rand heads down to the stable yard.

This is super close to how I always pictured Min. Full disclosure — I was listening to a ton of Enya when I first read this book. So…
This is where Rand meets Min. The text constantly draws attention to the fact that sports a short haircut and wears men’s clothing, while at the same time emphasizing her feminine features, creating a strong “sexy tomboy” image. Despite not being part of the main cast of characters, Min is interesting as fuck. She explains to Rand that she can see “pieces of the pattern” when she looks at people. For example, she might know that two people with eventually marry despite having only just met.
Thanks to her ability, this conversation has just turned into one massive hint-fest pointing cryptically toward things that are yet to come in the story. She sees shadows and sparks around Rand, Mat, and Perrin when they are together. Despite Rand having a crush on Egwene, Min tells him that they aren’t meant for each other. Lan is pretty boring, with stuff related to Malkier surrounding him. Around Thom is a man (not Thom) juggling fire and the White Tower. Perrin has wolves, a broken crown, and flowering trees. Mat has a red eagle, an eye on a balance scale, a dagger with a ruby, a horn, and a laughing face. Around Rand, she sees a sword that isn’t a sword, a crown of laurel leaves, a beggar’s staff, him pouring water on sand, a bloody hand, a white-hot iron, three women standing over a funeral bier with him on it, a black rock wet with blood, and lightning surrounding him. Sorry for writing all of this shit down, but I cannot tell you how many times during my first read through that I went back to look at the things Min saw, so it makes sense to keep it in a convenient place.
Min tells Rand that they will meet again, strongly implying the two of them will be involved in some capacity. Spooked by the conversation, Rand runs out into the city.
In the crowd, Rand spots the Darkfriend peddler who was in Emond’s Field, Padan Fain. Cornering Fain in an alley, he sees that the man’s clothes are in tatters.
RAND: Master Fain! It’s me, Rand. From Emond’s Field. We all thought the Trollocs had taken you. We’re staying at the Stag and Lion. Come back with me and we’ll get you cleaned up.
FAIN: That Aes Sedai is with you, isn’t she? Don’t tell her you saw me! Promise me!
RAND: I promise. But please, let me help you.
FAIN: The Stag and Lion, you say?
RAND: Yeah, we’re there until tomorrow.
FAIN: Heh heh. Sucker.
Fain bolts, and Rand runs right into Mat. They decide to head back to the inn to discuss last night’s dream with Perrin. But on the way they cross paths with some Whitecloaks, and Mat, being Mat, cannot resist a prank. He runs off to arrange for an “accident” involving barrels to occur, splashing the Whitecloaks’ pristine garments with mud. Rand can’t help but laugh and this draws their attention. The Whitecloaks accost him, and he acts more cocky than normal. In fact, all throughout this exchange we keep reading about how Rand feels like he has a fever, and is full of energy. It’s not too much of a leap to see that he is most likely preparing to touch the male half of the True Source, saidin. Lamentably, the town watch shows up and diffuses the situation, and the two friends make their way back to the inn.
They encounter Thom along the way and begin telling him about the dream. When they inquire about Ba’alzamon, Thom pulls them aside and admonishes them about speaking a name like that out loud. He recommends the boys do not tell Moiraine about the dream, and they all hurry back to the inn to make sure Perrin keeps his mouth shut.
Perrin meets them at the inn and lets them know that they’ve got a bigger problem now — Nynaeve is in the Stag and Lion.
Posted on July 5, 2025
At the Stag and Lion, baths are the first order of business, and Lan expresses displeasure with how carelessly the boys speak. After dinner, Ba’alzamon invades Rand’s dream and lets him know that he’s still being pursued.
Lan heads to the common room to gather news. For the rest of the party, baths are the first order of business. Can you imagine how rank these people must be after traveling for over a week without bathing? Books never emphasize this point, but it must be downright vile.
In the bathing room of the Stag and Lion, more than just the bathwater reaches a boil.
BATH ATTENDANT: I heard there are Trollocs in Saldaea…
MAT: Heh. Let me tell you all about Trollocs.
RAND: Shut up, Mat.
THOM: Aye, best be quiet, lad. You always get the stories wrong when you try to tell them.
MAT: What? I was just going to tell him about Emond’s Fi–
PERRIN: Shut up, Mat.
MAT: Look, he brought it up first. I–
Lan bursts into the room and kicks the attendant out, then focuses his rage on Mat.
LAN: Idiot sheepherder. Don’t talk about Trollocs, don’t even think about Trollocs. What part of this do you not understand?
RAND: Gosh, that bath attendant seemed to be worried about something…
PERRIN: I’ll bet it’s the Trollocs.
LAN: God damn it!
Soon the entire contingent is seated in a private dining room, enjoying a meal together. Moiraine proves that she is still human after all by suggesting they stay for two nights in Baerlon. Oh boy — let the country bumpkins run around unsupervised in a big city for a day. Clearly, Moiraine does not realize that this is the fantasy equivalent of feeding a mogwai after midnight.
That night Rand is back in Tel’aran’rhiod, and this time he has a proper meeting with Ba’alzamon, which means “heart of the dark” in the old tongue. But I don’t speak the old tongue, so I’ll just call him Ballzy. Naturally, the dream leads to nothing but cryptic talk and vague threats, although Ballzy does strongly imply a physical connection between dreams and the real world when he breaks a rat’s back in the dream.
Posted on July 5, 2025
A lengthy journey brings the group to Baerlon, where a bribed gatekeeper is happy to let them in. We learn that the Children of the Light have set up camp outside the city. Moiraine and Lan have arranged lodging at an inn called the Stag and Lion.
Everyone settles down to rest at the campsite Lan prepared ahead of time. Moiraine does some hocus pocus on her traveling companions, and everyone is completely refreshed after sleeping for only an hour.
The next stop on their journey is Baerlon, but it takes them a week to get there because of the meandering route Lan chooses for them. Not to put too fine a point on it, but this segment could belong to a zombie apocalypse book for how careful he is to avoid contact with anything humanoid. Along the way, cue a musical montage as Moiraine continues her sessions with Egwene, Lan attempts to impart some knowledge about combat to the boys, and Thom even teaches juggling.
Baerlon finally comes into view, and the Emond’s Fielders realize that they’ve never seen a real city until now. Moiraine assumes her old pseudonym, Lady Alys, and she tells everyone that Lan is to be known as Andra.
LAN: Listen up, you three. When we’re in Baerlon, don’t mention Trollocs, Fades, Darkfriends or anything like that. Comprende?
RAND/MAT/PERRIN: Got it, chief.
The gatekeeper who lets them into Baerlon will not shut up. He lets Moiraine know that the Children of the Light have a camp set up outside of the city, but the mayor refuses to let more than ten of them inside the walls at once. The Children of the Light, for those who do not know, is a military organization that is sort of what you would get if you crossed the Ku Klux Klan with the Spanish Inquisition and adjusted the religious backstory to be universe-appropriate. Like most religious zealots, they specialize in advancing their own agenda under the guise of acting in the interest of a greater good.
As they walk through the streets of Baerlon, Rand and Thom chitchat about the gatekeeper’s news. A false Dragon raising an army to march on Tear? Rand wonders aloud how the prophecy involving the fall of the Stone of Tear is even achievable.
Their conversation is cut short when they reach their accommodations for the night: the Stag and Lion.
Posted on July 5, 2025
Once the group is across the Taren, they make camp for the night. Moiraine guides Egwene through touching the True Source for the first time.
Soon, everyone is on the other side of the Taren. Lan counts gold coins into the ferryman’s hands.
LAN: Here is the rest of the payment, as promised.
MOIRAINE: [impassively] Oh no, your ferry.
There’s a crack of splintering wood as the ferry abruptly breaks away from its moorings and floats downstream.
MOIRAINE: How unfortunate. Must have been a freak whirlpool.
LAN: Yes, most unfortunate. Here is some extra compensation for your trouble.
Lan leads the party to a campsite he prepared ahead of time. The men listen uneasily as Moiraine explains the True Source and the One Power to Egwene. Rand, in particular, is horrified at the idea of Egwene learning to channel, which is understandable — the only way for men to touch the One Power is through a layer of corruption created by the Dark One that drives them mad and kills them. But Egwene is delighted when Moiraine guides her in touching the True Source for the first time, and is excited to become an Aes Sedai.
Posted on July 4, 2025
The group makes it to Watch Hill, quickly moving on to Taren Ferry where they rouse the ferryman to take them across the Taren.
Setting a breakneck pace, the group makes it to Watch Hill in what Rand figures must be a record time. Several members of the party speak longingly about getting some rest and refreshments, but Lan says they can’t stop until they are across the Taren River. Rand protests that the horses have been run to the point of exhaustion, but Moiraine lays hands on them, and suddenly they’re all good as new. The scream of the Draghkar splits the night — the horses panic, and it is difficult to keep them reined in. Moiraine conjures a thick fog to throw off their pursuers, and soon the group reaches Taren Ferry. The ferryman is understandably upset to be woken in the middle of the night, but the glint of gold coins — the universal alarm clock — easily convinces him to take the group across the Taren.
Posted on July 4, 2025
A small “Me Too!” party happens in the stables as Egwene and Thom join the group of bold adventurers who are eager to leave Emond’s Field. Seeing a Draghkar in the sky lets them know they are still being hunted.
With the angry mob dispersed, Moiraine and Lan can finally get on the road with the boys.

Looks pretty fucking dangerous to me, and this one doesn’t have a spike on it like Perrin’s.
Perrin is already in the stables with his trademark half-moon axe. Here’s the thing about Perrin’s axe — I never understood how he doesn’t cut himself on the damn thing! The book describes it as “a broad half-moon blade on one side of the head and a curved spike on the other.” If this thing is hanging from a loop on his belt, as the book describes, then what the fuck is stopping Perrin’s hand or arm from accidentally brushing against the blade or the spike? Rand’s sword has a scabbard. Mat’s arrows rest in a quiver. What is stopping Perrin from suffering severe lacerations every time he needs to scratch his balls? Dumb luck?
Suddenly Egwene waltzes into the stable, announcing that she is coming with them, because as she shared with Rand earlier, she naively wants to see the world. Once the group gets past arguing about whether or not Egwene is coming, Thom hops down from the hayloft announcing that he’s also getting the hell out of Two Rivers, and would be happy to perform in Tar Valon. If any more characters come out of the woodwork to join the adventure, they’re going to need a god damn party bus instead of horses.
But amazingly, they really do get underway. Not far outside of the village, they spot a Draghkar wheeling about in the air, searching for them. Moiraine declares that they must make haste toward Taren Ferry if they are going to reach it before the Trolloc army.
Posted on July 3, 2025
Rand has a bad dream and says goodbye to Tam. A mob accuses Moiraine of being the cause of the town’s misfortunes, and she gives a TED Talk about Manetheren to let them know what a shitty job they’re doing of living up to their ancestors’ legacy.
Blah blah blah, Rand has a nightmare, blah blah blah blah blah. Yes, I know — Tel’aran’rhiod, the world of dreams, is important in the Wheel of Time series. But these paragraphs are simultaneously fluffy like an overstuffed pillow, and yet denser than a box of Clif Bars. I have no patience for tripe like this unless it is material to the story.
Rand finally wakes up and gets to speak with Tam, who has also regained consciousness. Tam warns Rand about Aes Sedai, but does not try to dissuade him from going.
Outside, an angry mob has gathered around Moiraine, complete with torches and pitchforks. They are urging her to leave the village, convinced that it was she who brought the attack upon them. Bran approaches the crowd and castigates them for showing no gratitude toward Moiraine for her services rendered.
But let’s face it — Bran is a fucking teddy bear, and nobody is going to take this kind of talk from him seriously. As an outsider, Moiraine sees this more clearly than anyone, so she gives the mob of men a taste of what truly motivates them: a lambasting from a powerful woman.
Emond’s Field, says Moiraine, owes its namesake to Aemon al Caar al Thorin, a man who two thousand years ago was the King of a land called Manetheren, which included all of Two Rivers and then some. Aemon was renowned for his courage, and his army played a pivotal role in battles during the Trolloc Wars. One day, Manetheren needed help from other nations to combat a Trolloc invasion. Sadly, help never came, but the brave people of Manetheren fought to the bitter end, making their last stand precisely where Emond’s Field is today. When the battle was finally lost, Aemon’s Queen, Eldrene unleashed a fireball that burned the Trolloc armies alive.
Those who fled their home found nothing of their farms, villages or cities remaining. So they picked up the pieces and carried on. And this sorry lot of superstitious, xenophobic, ignorant, petty excuses for villagers was is now what remains of the once-great Kindgom of Manetheren. Moiraine didn’t actually say this to the crowd confronting her on the village green, but it was strongly implied. Cowed and embarrassed, the mob disperses with muttered apologies.
Posted on July 3, 2025
Moiraine heals Tam while Rand chats with Lan. Rand learns that he, Mat and Perrin were the targets of the attack, so he reluctantly agrees that he must leave Emond’s Field to keep it safe.

One of Superman III‘s many problems.
Moiraine kicks everyone out of the room except Rand and Lan, then kneels over Tam to perform healing. Rand sits on the other bed, where Lan joins him and tells him that the heron symbol on his sword is the mark of a master swordsman — adding that it is curious that it should end up in the possession of a sheepherder. Moiraine pauses from exhaustion, declaring that Tam is still afflicted by the evil of the blade that wounded him. It will get worse if left untreated, she says, so Rand pulingly pleads with Moiraine to do more. It’s a moment that feels exactly like the scene in Superman III where Ricky Lane, the most annoying character in the whole movie, watches Evil Superman emerge drunk from a bar and insists that Superman is just sick. “You can help him, I just know you can,” says Rand, nailing the Ricky Lane impression. To get him to shut the fuck up, Moiraine enlists the help of her angreal to channel enough of the Power to finish healing Tam.
RAND: Thank you so much, Moiraine Sedai. How can I ever repay you?
MOIRAINE: It’ll be time to leave soon, so we’ll talk on the road.
RAND: Leave?
MOIRAINE: Oopsies.
Moiraine has spilled the beans about her intentions for Rand, Mat and Perrin. She explains that the Trolloc army specifically targeted the places where those three live. There is something about them that the Dark One fears, and his forces won’t stop trying to kill the three boys. That’s why they’ll all be coming with her, she says — for the good of Emond’s Field. She wants to bring them to Tar Valon, and her reasoning is sound — after all, Trollocs won’t dare attack the home of the White Tower and the Aes Sedai. Perhaps the city will even provide clues about why the Dark One is interested in them.
Moiraine insists that Rand get some sleep, because they must leave that very night.
Posted on July 3, 2025
Rand brings Tam to Nynaeve, but there is nothing she can do. Bran al’Vere recommends asking Moiraine to heal Tam, so Rand goes and fetches her.
Rand reaches Emond’s Field.
RAND: Master Luhan! The Trollocs attacked the farm, and my father is in bad shape.
RAND: He needs the Wisdom!
LUHAN: Come on, lad. Let’s get him to the Wisdom. She’ll know what to do.
NYNAEVE: Sorry, Rand. There’s nothing I can do. Byyyye.
RAND: Fuck me.
Bran al’Vere gives Tam a bed at the inn and recommends asking Moiraine to heal him. Rand puts his “sheltered country boy” hat on full display, acting surprised that such a kind and composed woman could be one of those monstrous Aes Sedai from the stories. Setting his reservations aside, he asks Moiraine for help. Despite being exhausted from defending the village, she agrees to try, so they head back to the inn.
Posted on July 3, 2025
Rand drags Tam toward Emond’s Field, avoiding Trollocs and Fades. Tam’s fever makes him babble about the Aiel War and finding Rand as an infant laying on the slopes of Dragonmount.
The most interesting thing about this chapter is Tam having fever dreams and ranting about the Aiel War 20 years ago. I believe this is the same conflict that ended at the beginning of New Spring. I remember reading in New Spring that it was one of Moiraine’s asshole uncles who started the Aiel War, so my guess is this “Laman” character that Tam keeps babbling about has the surname Damodred. It sounds like the war started when Laman chopped down a tree named Avendesora, also known as the Tree of Life, which had been a peace offering from the Aiel many hundreds of years ago.
Tam’s babbling shifts to describing how hellish it was fighting on the slopes of Dragonmount. He desperately needed to escape from the death and carnage. When he finally found a quiet spot, there was a crying baby. According to Tam’s remarkably coherent and informative speech, he and his wife adopted the child and named him Rand. This means that Rand’s true lineage lies with the Aiel — and amusingly, the possibility that the Dragon would be born of the Aiel was a one that never seemed to cross Moiraine’s mind at all during the events of New Spring. Rand, for his part, also refuses to indulge this possibility, and goes on trying to convince himself that he has misunderstood.
Posted on July 2, 2025
Tam and Rand return to find the farm untouched, so they take care of chores. But a bunch of Trollocs show up and let everyone know that they can’t stand a lovely evening. Rand acquires Tam’s sword.
Tam and Rand return to find the farm untouched. Tam decides they should use the remaining daylight to take care of chores, but both men are clearly on edge. Night closes in and they move indoors. Tam locks the doors — unheard of! Nobody does that in Two Rivers! — and retrieves an ancient sword from storage. They prepare to sup on the stew Tam made when the door splinters into pieces and shit kicks into high gear. In the blink of an eye, Trollocs are clambering to get in the farmhouse and extinguish human life. While Tam holds them off, Rand escapes through a back window.

My father figure just got mortally injured, but on the plus side, I get to use his sword!
Tam manages to get away from the Trollocs and the farmhouse as well — but when he reunites with Rand, it is evident that he has suffered injuries and is in no condition to strain himself any farther. This gives Rand his Link to the Past moment where he acquires a fancy sword that he has no idea how to use. But oh, does it make him feel like a man!
Unlike Link’s uncle, Rand’s father isn’t actually dead — just severely injured, and in need of care that only a Wisdom can offer. After gathering together some supplies and killing his very first Trolloc using nothing more than dumb luck and a weapon he has not earned, Rand drags Tam toward Emond’s Field on a makeshift sled.
Posted on July 1, 2025
We meet Thom Merrilin, who briefly performs on the village green before Moiraine’s appearance casts ice water upon the whole affair. Now that Tam believes that Rand and other young men in the village really did see a stranger on horseback, they head back to keep the farm safe for the night.
If I may indulge in an aside, Thom Merrilin is a fun character. As I read this chapter, I could not help but double down on my casting opinion of him — Patrick Stewart circa 1990 would have been a perfect way to portray him. Also, I recognized something in him that must have influenced me as a teenager: this guy, being a skilled performer and magician, is able to effortlessly make objects appear and disappear. In this chapter, it is his pipe, but I am certain that in subsequent chapters it will be daggers. When I was in high school, I always used a mechanical pencil as my writing implement. I got tired of misplacing it all the time, so I got myself a roll of elastic and sewed it into a loop that fit comfortably around my left upper arm, a bit above where the sleeve of my t-shirt would hang. This is where I carried my pencil at all times during the school day. When I needed to write something, I would simply reach my right hand up into my left sleeve and pull it out. When I was done writing, I would easily slip it back under my sleeve. The retaining arm on the pencil would snap over/off the elastic in such a satisfying way. I thought it worked rather well, and in case it wasn’t apparent by now, I wasn’t the sort of teenager who gave two shits about how strange my peers may have thought I looked. In restrospect, I credit the character of Thom Merrilin with sparking that idea.
As we begin the chapter, poor Thom can’t believe how he has been treated in Two Rivers. Misinformed, harshly greeted, impetuously prodded, and finally chased out of the inn by an angry Nynaeve. A gleeman, he says, should be treated with higher regard when he has taken the trouble to travel to a backwater locale like this. But as people begin to gather around him, his crowd pleasing nature can’t resist putting on a bit of a show for the onlookers.
Until, that is, Moiraine shows up. Upon noticing her, Thom abruptly stops his show. Despite greeting her courteously, it is clear that he is not happy to see her. Before Thom can continue his show, the Village Council emerges from the inn, and Thom is happy to finally partake of the common room.
Tam surprises Rand by saying that they need to return to the farm. Rand is puzzled because they had originally planned to stay the night in town. But on the way back, Tam explains that several other young men in the villages saw the man on horseback too, and if a stranger it lurking about, their farm must not go undefended.
Mustache tugging/knuckling: Thom x 2
Posted on July 1, 2025
Padan Fain rolls into town and stirs things up with news of wars and false Dragons. Egwene’s hair is braided. Thom Merrilin finally wakes up.
In this chapter we’re introduced to the titular Padan Fain, peddler extraordinaire. Not only does Mr. Fain bring all manner of wondrous items to sell, but he’s also a dyed-in-the-wool Darkfriend! Remarkably, the townsfolk don’t seem to notice that he’s a creep. Or perhaps they don’t want to notice that he’s a creep, because who else is going to bring goods and gossip to Emond’s Field?
Rand and Mat meet up with their friend Perrin as the crowd closes in to hear what news Padan Fain brings from the outside world.
PADAN FAIN: Greetings, Emond’s Field. You simple-minded plebeians think you’ve had it rough?
PADAN FAIN: Wolves are eating your sheep?
PADAN FAIN: Oh, somebody call the whaaaambulance. Fuck your wolves. Your wolves are nothing! Men are going to war under the standard of the Dragon.
BRAN AL’VERE: A false Dragon, I’m sure.
CENN BUIE: No it isn’t. Beware — the sky is falling!
PADAN FAIN: He’s right! False or not, this man can wield the One Power, so the Aes Sedai are being sent to deal with him when he’s defeated. If he is defeated.
Bran realizes that things are getting out of hand, so he invites Fain to converse privately with the Village Council.
The crowd disperses, but the three boys linger in the village green, bandying about all kinds of hearsay, from the Dragon to the Dark One. Nynaeve, the Wisdom of Emond’s Field, is not happy to overhear talk of this nature. Then again, if you go by what everyone has been saying, Nynaeve doesn’t seem to be happy about much of anything. Egwene — Bran al’Vere’s daughter and Rand’s crush — is with her, pointedly crossing her arms beneath her breasts to show solidarity with Nynaeve’s remonstrations. Upon learning that the Village Council (idiots, by her estimation) has taken to questioning Padan Fain in private, she storms off to intervene.
Mat and Perrin give Rand and Egwene some space. Egwene reveals that the Women’s Circle has deemed her old enough to braid her hair, and that she’s thinking of studying under Nynaeve to become a Wisdom, possibly for another village. She is rightfully indignant when Rand strongly implies moving away and seeing the world is a silly fantasy. Mat and Perrin choose that moment to come back — talking about silver coins and seeing men on horseback — and suddenly Egwene has all the ammunition she needs to scold Rand in turn himself for being ridiculous.
Before their argument can escalate any further, Thom Merrilin bursts out of the inn.
Crossed arms: 1 x Egwene
Posted on July 1, 2025
Moiraine meets Mat and Rand, gives each of them a Tar Valon silver mark, and promises to speak with them later.
It’s still part of the slow beginning phase of the book. Lots of scene-setting, not much actually happening.
After Rand and Mat finish unloading the casks of booze in the Winespring Inn’s cellar, they head out onto the village green, where they are watched by a raven. Moiraine appears and introduces herself as a student of history who is interested in learning more about Emond’s Field’s past. She gives each young man a Tar Valon silver mark and promises to have a word with them later.
Posted on July 1, 2025
Tam and Rand al’Thor haul casks of booze to Emond’s field, catching up on the news of the town when they arrive. Rand and his friend Mat both saw a dreadful horseman.

Hello my baby,
Hello my Honey,
Hello my ragtime gal!
Tam al’Thor and his son Rand travel from their farm in the Westwood to the town of Emond’s field. They are on edge — with winter hanging on late this season, a wolf attack is a very real possibility. In a moment that feels inspired by Michigan J. Frog, Rand spots a different sort of threat: a man on horseback, watching him and radiating hatred. Of course Tam doesn’t see it, and of course Tam doesn’t believe him that the man was really there, so he gaslights his son into thinking that he’s imagining things. Gosh, thanks a lot, Pops.
As father and son finally roll into town, we taste a slice of life in the sleepy country village of Emond’s field. Ah yes, you can almost smell that bucolic idealism. Dogs running around, children playing, nosy neighbors, “goodwives” keeping up the insides of houses, “goodmen” maintaining the exteriors, and joyful preparations for the Bel Tine festival. I’m not sure which one makes me want to vomit more — Gandalf rolling into the Shire at the beginning of Lord of the Rings, the rustic Nelwyn midget village from Willow, or this.
Luckily, if you read at a steady clip, it doesn’t last too long. Rumors are flying around about fireworks, a gleeman, and strangers who have come to town. Mat tries to rope Rand into some of his trademark mischief, but instead is himself roped into helping Rand unload the barrels as the men from the Village Council confer in the Winespring Inn’s common room.
Posted on June 29, 2025
I’m excited to be starting on the proper series of books now! I managed to get partway through Lord of Chaos during the 1990s before I finally ended up putting it down for too long and never figuring out how to pick it back up again. After all, you lose your way in a series this long, and reading it turns into a chore. So why did I put it down? Maybe I used to be more OCD. Maybe I used to be a less skilled reader. Maybe I used to think that you needed to process every fucking word that Mr. Jordan wrote.
But here’s what I realized — you can’t do that and maintain your sanity at the same time. It’s kind of like trying to open yourself to saidin — just don’t do it, because otherwise you’ll go nuts. Some of the longer description-heavy paragraphs can easily be skimmed. I don’t need to hang on every word, especially when the words are about Thom stroking his mustache, or Nynaeve tugging her fucking braid.
Which leads me to the other thing I realized: Mr. Jordan overused certain words and phrases. Whether it’s about knuckling backs, women derisively “sniffing” the air, Nynaeve tugging her braid, any female character folding her arms beneath her breasts, or probably a whole host of other common Jordanisms — these phrasing stuck in my head and gave my brain a BSOD every time I read them, seriously hampering my progress. Now? I’m prepared to have as much fun with them as possible.
That’s really what this journal is about, having fun. And note taking. If I have a forum for writing down all of the sarcastic thoughts that run through my mind when I’m reading these books, I will have something to motivate me when the action gets slow or the characters start behaving stupidly. Plus the notes can help get me back on track when I take a break to read something else.
I don’t want to make it sound like I hated the books or the story or the characters. I didn’t. But I didn’t used to have anything to keep me afloat when I got bogged down — and now I very much do. I will kick this main series reading off by saying that I am excited to get to know these characters again, especially after seeing this artist’s rendition of some of them. They are so close to how I pictured them. Especially Mat with the hat, the dice and that shit-eating grin on is face; Perrin with his curly hair and golden eyes; and Naynaeve tugging on that fucking braid.
Let’s read The Eye of the World!

Posted on June 29, 2025
Lews Therin Telamon, having murdered all his friends and family, transmogrifies himself into a volcano, creating Dragonmount.
Oh hello there, Lews Therin Telamon. Your name sure gets dropped a lot during the course of these books, from what I can recall. With a claim to fame like yours, why shouldn’t it? You defeated and imprisoned the Dark One, but this time he struck back and poisoned the fucking well. Yes, the male half of the True Source, the sweet nectar of power and creation that you drink from regularly, is now covered with vile film of yuckity-yuck. I guess it’s a little bit like the poison darts in Assassin’s Creed games: it makes you lose your mind, attack your friends, and before too long it is fatal.
At first, Lews Therin’s mind is so divorced from reality that he can’t even acknowledge that anything bad has happened, even though the bodies of his friends and family litter the ground, slain by his own hand. Then Ishamael shows up, who I believe is going to play the role of the Big Bad in this book, if memory serves. Ishmael can also channel the One Power, but he is aligned with the Dark One. It sounds like there is some really bad blood between him and Lews Therin, and Ishmael has shown up to gloat. But that’s kind of hard to do when your enemy’s mind is so far gone that he doesn’t even realize what happened. Luckily, a little channeling sets Lews Therin’s mind straight.
Ishmael wants to break Lews Therin so completely that he will turn to the Dark One as well. But when he realizes the enormity of what the madness has driven him to do, Lews Therin teleports away and thwarts that plan — committing suicide in a most spectacular way, he single-handedly causes the formation of Dragonmount and the island that will one day be Tar Valon, the home of the White Tower.
Posted on June 29, 2025
Turns out the woman on the list wasn’t the mother of the Dragon Reborn. Moiraine realizes that the Black Ajah doesn’t know when the Dragon was reborn, so they have been murdering men of any age who display signs that they might be the Dragon. Moiraine shares everything about her quest with Lan, and he agrees to become her Warder.
This was a handy way to cut to the denouement. When the book set up the Lady Edeyn plot line, I thought for sure it was going to lead to a conflict between her and Lan — at least over the matter of her arranging to have him marry her daughter. Instead, Robert Jordan took the wind out of her sails by killing off her daughter. Ouch!
Moiraine returns to her chambers. Siuan shares definitive proof that Rahien can’t be the Dragon. Then the two friends puzzle out a key piece of intel — the Black Ajah knows that the Dragon was reborn, but they don’t know when he was reborn. All they know is that men who can channel exhibit unexplained luck and inexplicable success. So while it’s good on the one hand that they aren’t targeting babies, this does mean that the Black Ajah is essentially murdering any man who is experiencing a modicum of good fortune.
The two friends decide that Siuan can best serve their cause in Tar Valon under Cetalia’s employ, where she can send intel to Moiraine, and Moiraine rides off to continue her search for–
Hey, wait one goddamn minute! Lan isn’t Moiraine’s Warder yet. Shit, we’d better fix that. Moiraine finds Lan north of the city, burning his daori before heading into the Blight to get himself killed fighting shadowspawn. Moiraine decides to tell him everything — about the search for the Dragon, and the Black Ajah. He agrees to join her cause and become her Warder.
It’s a little depressing to realize that since the events of The Eye of the World don’t take place until Rand is approaching twenty years old, that means Moiraine is doomed to wander endlessly for two decades before she finally makes any progress in her quest. Ah well, c’est la vie.
The end.
Posted on June 28, 2025
Ryne murders Bukama and assists Merean in cornering members of the royal family. Lan and Moiraine battle Ryne and Merean. Lan eventually bests Ryne, and Moiraine kills Merean, but not before Merean manages to toss her victims to their deaths.
The final chapter opens with Lan moving through the corridors of the palace like he’s Solid Snake. Long hours spent with ko’di have convinced him that the only way to avoid an arranged marriage with Iselle is to get as far away from Edeyn as fast as fucking possible. But he can’t leave Bukama behind — not after Bukama saved him from the Blight so many years ago.
Suddenly, Lan happens upon Merean and Iselle walking together. I suppose when Moiraine told her to bother another Aes Sedai about the White Tower, Merean was the next most logical choice. Once they’re gone, Lan carries on looking for his friend.
In a very un-Lan-like move, he takes a spill down a flight of stairs — one nasty enough to kill most men. He quickly concludes that someone channeling the Power caused his fall, but raised voices leave no time for reflection. Bukama has been found with a dagger in his back.
***
Lan bursts into Moiraine’s chambers without knocking. Having concluded that Merean couldn’t have been the one who pushed him, he accuses Moiraine instead — and strongly implies that she was involved in Bukama’s death. But Moiraine, now convinced that Merean is of the Black Ajah, warns him to not be so easily deceived. She insists Iselle is not safe with her, but Lan is unconcerned, having just seen her walking with Brys and Diryk.
Suddenly connecting the dots, Moiraine realizes that Merean must have used Iselle to lure Brys and Diryk to a secluded part of the palace. Racing against time, she and Lan find the the royal family members on a bridge with sickeningly high drops on either side. Merean has them restrained with flows of the One Power, and praises Ryne for killing Bukama.
In an instant, Lan is crossing swords with Ryne, and Moiraine desperately tries to out-channel Merean. Both have met their match. Lan takes multiple wounds, and Moiraine is eventually bested — thrown onto her back and cut off from the Power by a spirit shield. As she lies dazed, Merean first drops young Diryk over the edge, who screams in terror on his way down. Then she tosses Brys over the edge, who remains silent as he falls. As Merean lifts Iselle into the air and toward the edge, Moiraine finally recovers enough to drive her dagger into the wicked sister’s back. Iselle teeters on edge of the bridge, and Moiraine rushes over to grab her for one of those classic Cliffhanger moments.
Unfortunately, today is not a good day to be a member of the royal family of Kandor. Moiraine is still too dazed to embrace the Power, and Iselle also falls to her death. Lan, having narrowly defeated Ryne, grabs Moiraine just in time to keep her from going over as well.
Wow! What a body count. Bukama, Brys, Iselle, Merean, Ryne, Caniedrin, Tamra, Meilyn… I know I’m leaving some out, but this was a pretty fucking brutal book. I guess that marriage isn’t happening after all, eh, Lan?
Posted on June 27, 2025
Moiraine runs into Merean and becomes convinced that she is, in fact, a member of the Black Ajah.
Lady Moiraine is still flabbergasted that Siuan would flirt with a lowly footman, but she allows herself to be led off to meet Prince Brys and his children. His second son, Diryk, gushes about how great Lan is, extolling his virtues as the King of Malkier. Moiraine, having dismissed the rumors she’d been hearing, is stunned to learn who Lan really is. With the risk rising that someone might “introduce” her to Lan as Lady Moiraine Damodred, she fakes an illness and bolts back to her chambers.
That’s when she almost literally runs into Merean. Strangely, Larelle is nowhere to be seen, and Merean says she decided to head south. Merean doesn’t spare much time for Moiraine, but Moiraine’s conspiracy theories come flooding back full force — with Merean right at the center.
Moiraine heads straight to Lan’s chambers, where he’s shirtless and practicing sword forms like the bubbling vat of pure testosterone that he is. She briefly thinks he’s been mauled by a wild animal, but then realizes the marks on his back were made by a woman. Lady Edeyn, it seems, has been busy. Moiraine invokes an old alliance between Malkier and the White Tower and asks him to spy on Merean.
Thanks to her run-in with Merean, everyone in the palace now knows that Moiraine is an Aes Sedai. Upon returning to her chambers, she finds Iselle — Edeyn’s daughter — waiting for her in Siuan’s company. Iselle, you’ll recall, is one awkward conversation away from starring in a mother/daughter three-way with Lan. While “Suki” stands off to the side and folds her arms beneath her breasts, Iselle explains that she has the potential to channel and intends to become a member of the Green Ajah one day. Moiraine recommends she bother some other Aes Sedai about it and sends her on her way.
MOIRAINE: So, what did you learn?
SIUAN: That footman is a really good kisser. You?
MOIRAINE: Well, let’s see… Merean is here, I am super fucking paranoid, and I got Lan to agree to spy on her.
SIUAN: What part of “undercover” didn’t make sense to you?
MOIRAINE: Look, we’re running out of time. You have to reach the Lady Ines ASAP.
SIUAN: I know. I’m working on him. I mean, uh — it. I’m working on it.
That evening, Siuan returns with news: Bukama saw Merean spending the day with Prince Brys before retiring to her chambers. She also casts doubt on Lady Ines being Dragon Mother material by reporting that the footman placed Rahien’s birth a day after Gitara’s foretelling, but promises to keep searching for a definitive answer, even if it means sleeping her way through Lady Ines’ entire staff.
Posted on June 27, 2025
Moiraine decides to visit the palace as herself, since she hails from a noble Cairhien house. Siuan poses as Moiraine’s servant.
SIUAN: This is a horrible plan.
MOIRAINE: This is the best plan.
SIUAN: This is never gonna work.
MOIRAINE: C’mon, let’s go to the bank!
At the bank, they cash in one of the letters of rights that Moiraine got from Door Mail, then visit the seamstress. In just two days’ time, Moiraine proves that there is nothing more to posing as nobility than hemorrhaging large amounts of money over a short period of time. Perhaps “posing” is the wrong word to use. Moiraine really is Cairhienan nobility, after all, but she so thoroughly disavows her lineage that it certainly feels like pretense.
Casting off her assumed identity of “Lady Alys” — because that wouldn’t convince anybody — it is the Lady Moiraine Damodred whose livery arrives at the Aesdaishar Palace. Apparently the House of Damodred is somehow credited with starting the Aiel War, so her arrival is certain to make a statement and get her an audience with Lady Ines.
Unfortunately, as is the case with so many otherwise healthy and fortunate men recently, Lady Ines’ husband dropped dead over breakfast one day, and she is secluded in mourning. That means it is up to Siuan — in the role of “Suki,” Lady Moiraine’s humble and unseen serving maid — to rub shoulders Lady Ines’ servants. And from the way Siuan talks about a young footman named Cal, she clearly intends to rub more than just shoulders.
Posted on June 27, 2025
Moiraine searches the worst parts of Chachin for Siuan, which gives Moiraine a golden opportunity to show what a badass she is. Once the women are reunited, they realize that the next woman on their list resides in the palace.
Back in the city, Moiraine’s mission is to locate Siuan. Knowing Siuan is a world-class cheapskate, that means rooting through the grimiest, sketchiest slums Chachin has to offer. Naturally, the dregs of society set upon her from all directions, attempting all manner of crime against her — from assault to theft to kidnapping. Their reward? An opportunity to see another “trick of the Power” that is known only to Blues: the ability to induce fear and compel. This sounds suspiciously similar to the Scarecrow villain from the Batman universe, but I’m going to give it a pass because it’s a really cool ability. And it made for the most awesome scene in the entire book so far, where Moiraine forced a barmaid to drink a roofie that was meant for her. She truly is gaining a reputation as an Aes Sedai who is not to be fucked with.
Amusingly, Siuan actually ended up with more respectable accommodations than Moiraine had assumed. After settling down in Siuan’s room, the friends discuss the matter of Ines Demain. She named her child Rahien because she saw the sun rise over Dragonmount after giving birth. Sounds like solid “Mother of the Dragon” material, but the problem is that they need to get into the palace to speak with her. Sounds like the perfect excuse to run into Lan again!
Posted on June 26, 2025
Once the group reaches Chachin, Lan tells Moiraine to get lost. At the palace, we meet Lady Edeyn. It seems that her history with Lan gives her a measure of power and control over him, and she is eyeing him to become her daughter’s husband.
Once the group crosses the bridge into Chachin, Lan promptly declares that their obligation to “Lady Alys” is fulfilled, so she can kindly piss off and get out of their lives. Oh Lan, we both know that isn’t going to happen. You’ve obviously got a thing for Cairhienan women and you clearly can’t get her out of your head. But first, we need to find out what “keeping custom” means.
At Aesdaishar Palace, Lady Edeyn wastes no time sending a note to Lan’s chambers:
Come to me, sweetling. Come to me now.
I was hoping we could avoid this, but it looks like we’re going to have to talk about this concept of carneira. Back in Chapter 16: The Deeps, when Lady Edeyn was introduced, so was this word. The book says it refers to one’s “first lover.” But let’s call it like it is: it’s the person who took your v-card. This chapter notes that whereas young women choose their carneira, young men instead are chosen by their carneira. Fine. That fits with the matriarchal theme of this world.
So Lady Edeyn is more than a cougar who made Lan into her boy-toy for a few years, because Borderland society has institutionalized this sort of relationship and a whole shitload of baggage that comes along with it. This includes creating a daori — a braided lock of the boy’s hair — which, in keeping with custom, a carneira will present to the woman the boy eventually marries. You want to call it custom, Lan? I’ll call it a ritualized loss of agency wrapped in a bow of tradition.
The chapter closes thusly:
EDEYN: Look out that window, boy. Do you see my daughter Iselle? She is all grown up now.
LAN: She is as beautiful as her mother, I am sure.
EDEYN: She needs a husband, and since you have no surviving female relatives, your marriage is up to me to arrange.
LAN: You can’t be serious.
EDEYN: Oh, I am. But first, let us fuck.
…
Dear Mr. Jordan:
When I am wrong, I admit it. And I was wrong to have declared that every single character in the Wheel of Time is puritanical to a fault. The last page of this chapter reads like the setup for a porn scene. I had no idea when I was reading The Eye of the World that Lan’s ship had visited so many ports! I was like twelve years old at the time, and I didn’t realize he was this irresistible stud of a ladies man, but Lan’s bachelor days are speaking for themselves! Barmaids and noblewomen alike line up to throw themselves at him. He has a story to tell about a massive ten-day bender he went on in Cairhien. He is truly a man who has sowed his wild oats! So maybe I would sort of understand Lan being eager to begin a new chapter in his life. We’ll see.
For now, Lady Edeyn still has her hands wrapped firmly around Lan’s balls. Will Lan choose to become Moiraine’s Warder out of sheer desperation?
Posted on June 26, 2025
As the group journeys toward Chachin, Moiraine uses the One Power to keep them safe. Caniedrin, our unfortunately-named friend from the earlier chapters, attempts to assassinate Moiraine.
Continuing on toward Chachin, Moiraine continues to search along the way for Avene Sahera. They are on the road during severe weather, but it doesn’t matter:
Trick of the Power #1: Invisible barriers to keep everyone from getting soaked in rainstorms.
Later, they are set upon by a large group of bandits. No worries!
Trick of the Power #2: Low frequency noise combined with the megaphone weave, pyrotechnics and the mere mention of Aes Sedai turns bandits into scared little girls.
But even when the bandits run away, Moiraine is not satisfied, having convinced herself that she could single-handedly have defeated an entire army. But that’s Moiraine’s problem, isn’t it? She has never really known defeat… except in her quest to extract an apology from Lan for dunking her in the pond.
Trick of the Power #3: Impress your friends and annoy your enemies with childish antics like causing insomnia, soiling clothes with sand, commanding insects to swarm and bite, and conjuring poison ivy in the most inconvenient places!
Moiraine finally locates Avene Sahera in the village of Ravinda, but she is annoyed to learn that the woman’s child doesn’t meet the criteria and her name never should have been on the list to begin with. As they continue the journey, Lan suddenly takes an arrow in his shoulder.
Trick of the Power #4: Invisible handcuffs!
The marksman hiding in the treeline is held motionless by weaves of Air until return fire from Ryne and Bukama dispatches him. Upon closer inspection, Lan is surprised to see who it is:
LAN: Caniedrin?
RYNE: What’s a Canadian?
BUKAMA: Poor fucker. His own mother did this to him, naming him like that.
CANIEDRIN: Please, Aes Sedai, heal me. I’m… not… dead y–
[BUKAMA shoots him in the head with a crossbow.]
BUKAMA: Yes, you are.
Inside Caniedrin’s purse they find Cairhienan coins, suggesting that Moiraine was the target of the assassination attempt. Lan accepts healing, and the group continues toward Chachin.
Posted on June 26, 2025
Lan, Bukama, and Ryne agree to escort Moiraine as far as Chachin. En route, Moiraine continues seeking out and interviewing women on her list.
Moiraine introduces herself as Lady Alys, because she attended the Mr. Garvey School of appellations. Bukama chides Lan for not following the example he set in pledging an oath to protect Moiraine on her way to Chachin. But Lan is wary of promising her anything, because while he suspects that Moiraine is merely a childish, prank-loving wilder posing as an Aes Sedai, he isn’t about to stake his freedom upon it. No sirree. Only fool men allow themselves to become bonded as an Aes Sedai’s Warder.
But Lan is no fool. Right? I mean… yes! Yes, there was the business with Lady Edeyn Arrel when he was 15 years old. And now she was building an army using his name and potentially trying to have him assassinated. But how could he have known that it would come to that? And yes! Yes, there was that business in Cairhien — he spent ten days there cavorting with Cairhienan women, resulting in multiple brushes with death, two marriage proposals, and most likely some bastard children. But he’s wiser for it. Right? No more letting women yank him around, especially not ones from Cairhien.
Meanwhile, Ryne is throwing all caution to the wind:
RYNE: Ms. Alys, may I… tend to your mare?
MOIRAINE: [stepping closer] Certainly, it’s right over there.
RYNE: And your saddle. Would you like me to… polish it?
MOIRAINE: Oh, that sounds lovely. Please. [smirks] Polish my saddle.
RYNE: My lady, your radiance has so dazzled my senses that I feel blind. Would you indulge my curiosity by telling me from whence you have come?
MOIRAINE: From the noble houses of Cairhien.
LAN: [under his breath] Fuck me.
Moiraine insists on stopping at Manala, supposedly for breakfast. But mostly she is trying to locate the next name in her little book of “Women Who Might Have Given Birth To The Dragon.” When Lan realizes “Lady Alys” has slipped away, he finds her a few streets away asking after a certain Avene Sahera. However, she refuses to accept help or divulge any related information.
Posted on June 25, 2025
Moiraine, thinking that Lan knows something about what the Aes Sedai in the city are up to, follows him, Bukama and Ryne. After some time spent traveling, Lan goes off on his own into the woods and makes camp. Moiraine attempts to surprise him, but Lan’s lightning reflexes land Moiraine in the waters of a freezing cold pond.
I’m trying to remember if it was ever mentioned in the rest of the books that I read in the series precisely what the circumstances of Lan and Moiraine’s first encounter was. Did they, at some point, tell an amusing story involving a sharp-witted young Lan, a dauntless young Moiraine, and a pond whose waters were still freezing cold in the new spring of Kandor? It’s possible I will encounter this eventually, but for the time being I don’t recall.
When Moiraine reaches the city gates in the morning, they are still barred against the terrors of nighttime in the Borderlands. She notices Lan and his companions waiting impatiently to depart. She had seen them at the inn speaking with some of the Aes Sedai there. As a crowd gathers at the gate waiting for it to open, Moiraine gets the idea that she wants to ask the men about their dealings with the Aes Sedai.
Let’s see… how to start that conversation… do we:
- Walk up and introduce ourselves?
- “Accidentally” drop our saddlebag?
- Tail them for the entire day as if they aren’t going to notice?
Clearly, #3 is the only workable solution here! When the men stop, Lan breaks off to trek into the woods while Bukama and Ryne continue on.
Lan sits at the edge of a pond when Moiraine finds him, sword on the ground by his side. He is doubtless in meditation when Moiraine reaches out with the One Power to pull his sword away from him. But Lan moves with his trademark lightning reflexes, grabs both the scabbard and the front of Moiraine’s dress, then flips her through the air and into the water. Ever the gentleman, Lan lifts her from the pond and builds a fire to help her dry off, but Moiraine’s pride is severely bruised.
Ryne and Bukama return a short while later and the group settles in for the evening. Moiraine gives them Tar Valon marks in return for seeing her safely to Chachin. Frustratingly, she is able to learn absolutely nothing about the sisters back in Canluum. Upon hearing Lan make a remark implying that he doesn’t trust her, Moiraine’s inner pot of rage boils over and she channels a flow of water out of the pond and straight at Lan, soaking him wet and outing herself as an Aes Sedai.
Ah, what a “first meeting” story to tell — it must have been a question asked and answered at some point during the rest of the books. I’ll be watching for it.
Posted on June 25, 2025
Moiraine encounters Siuan, who brings news that strongly suggests the Black Ajah is behind the death of the Amyrlin Seat, as well as the demise of several other sisters. Moiraine resolves to travel alone to the capital city of Chachin, and sends Siuan ahead of her.
Still reeling from her meeting with Cadsuane, Moiraine does a double take as she catches a glimpse of Siuan outside of the inn. She hurries after her pillow-friend until they reach the privacy of a side street. Siuan brings news that all of the Aes Sedai whom Tamra tasked to find the Dragon have died under circumstances that can be described as unusual at best, or suspicious at worst. Before long, the two friends have decided that the rumored Black Ajah must be involved, that Tamra’s death was similarly suspect, and that they could trust nobody!
With the next stop on her Dragon Quest being the capital city of Chachin, Moiraine sends Siuan off ahead of her and returns to the inn. After laying low and letting everyone think what they want for the evening, Moiraine sneaks out of the inn during the wee hours of the morning. You’d think sneaking away from Aes Sedai would be more difficult, given their reputation, but Moiraine has already managed to do it twice in this book!
Posted on June 25, 2025
Moiraine is on the run from the White Tower, and is in Kandor interviewing women from the list. She bumps into Merean and Larelle, and then into one of the most powerful Aes Sedai alive, Cadsuane Melaidhrin. Cadsuane orders Moiraine to travel with Merean and Larelle.
Enough of the Lan and Bukama story, right? Booooring.
Back with Moiraine, she has been away from the White Tower for three months. Where has she ended up? Kandor, of course! She is meeting with a woman whose teenage girls have apparently begun to channel subconsciously. One of them went and burned down the family barn with their father and newborn son inside. Whoopsie daisy! But look on the bright side: at least the little tyke wasn’t the Dragon Reborn, amiright?
Yes, never mind the fact that the White Tower most likely has Moiraine’s face on a wanted poster — she has decided to travel around with her list of names and search for the Dragon. Making her way back to the inn where she is staying, it becomes clear that Moiraine has been conducting her trip under the guise of a noblewoman. Unfortunately for her, accommodations in the city were difficult to find, and she ended up staying at a place that is crawling with Aes Sedai.
And not just any Aes Sedai. In addition to five sisters that Moiraine does not know, Merean is there. The former Mistress of Novices, having been relieved of her Tower office following Tamra’s death, is in the company of Larelle. The two are amused to discover that Moiraine has managed, despite the first oath, to deceive the five sisters into believing she is a wilder — a woman who navigated the perils of learning to channel on her own.
When her acquaintances indulge her pretense, Moiraine feels pretty good about the encounter… until she hears the voice of Cadsuane Melaidhrin. She must be the titular arrival of this chapter, and is said to be so strong with the One Power that even among Aes Sedai she can essentially do whatever she wants and get away with it. Because of the power dynamic, nobody dares to contradict her, and I have a feeling that Moiraine internally refers to her as Mistress Bossypants.
Cadsuane brings Moiraine, Merean and Larelle to a private sitting room at the inn. Only she doesn’t allow Moiraine to sit, and quickly reveals that she knows exactly what Moiraine is. Cadsuane interviews Larelle and Merean about Moiraine, and we finally learn what came of Siuan’s proposed prank at the end of Chapter 10: It Finishes: the pair was busted and sent to Merean for punishment on the eve of becoming Aes Sedai.
Moiraine is indignant at Merean having referred to Siuan as her “pillow-friend” — whatever that means — and attempts to take her leave. But Cadsuane orders her to stay, starts rambling about how the women in the White Tower have been getting weaker and weaker over the centuries, and about how Moiraine is apt to get herself killed by gallivanting around the way she is. So she orders Merean and Larelle to accompany Moiraine to her next destination of Chachin, as they are all traveling that way anyway. None of them is happy about it.
Posted on June 24, 2025
Lan and Bukama find accommodations at an inn where they run into Ryne, and old acquaintance. He brings news that Lan’s old flame, Lady Edeyn Arrel, has been stirring up trouble. After six men attempt to murder Lan, he realizes that Lady Edeyn might be responsible.
Lan and Bukama have to check three inns before finally finding accommodations at the fourth.
It turns out that Bukama knows the proprietress, Racelle. She was both glad to see Bukama and pissed at him for not coming back to see her sooner. Racelle violently alternates between kissing Bukama and punching him, and we’re left with the distinct impression that she is actually a Klingon woman who was dropped into the Wheel of Time universe by accident. Writing timelines being what they are, this isn’t entirely impossible that Mr. Jordan was thinking the same thing.
They also find Ryne there, an old friend of Lan’s, so everyone sits down for a drink together. The waitress who brings the drinks hits on Lan with all of the subtlety of a sledgehammer, as if to prove the book’s point that Lan is quite the ladies’ man, with women lining up to throw themselves at him. Ryne tells Lan about how a certain Lady Edeyn Arrel has been using Lan’s name to rally troops.
Lan takes some time to himself in the stables, embracing ko’di (a.k.a. “The Void”) and ruminating on his place in the world as a king without a nation. What a legacy his parents handed him!
el’Leanna Mandragoran: Welcome to the world, sweet boy!
al’Akir Mandragoran: Now, here’s a sword and a ring.
el’Leanna: You’re King of Malkier now.
al’Akir: Sworn to take this nation back one day.
Perhaps this wouldn’t seem so cliche if Superman hadn’t done it first.
The book brazenly recounts how this Lady Arrel is an unrepentant cougar who had made 15-year-old Lan into her boy-toy many years back, and it sounds like he didn’t entirely mind.
Bukama shows up and inquires what Lan intends to do about her. They decide to go back into the common room to talk about it. Crossing the courtyard and casually discussing how properly laid they are both going to get that night, six men show up and make Lan’s spidey sense tingle.
When the group tries to kill Lan, he dispatches all six men. As his wounds are attended, everyone realizes rumors of Lan’s death fighting the Aiel had spurred Lady Arrel to rally men under his name. She used it to gain power. Did she also send the assassins? Lan needs to pay her a visit.
Posted on June 24, 2025
Lan and Bukama are crossing through Kandor, and they make a stop in the city of Canluum.
In this chapter, Robert Jordan suddenly realizes that he has been ignoring Lan entirely for the first half of this book. If I were Lan, I would be more pissed off than Daniel Henney was when the TV show got cancelled. So what happened to Lan? I guess he and Bukama finally told Caniedrin to fuck off and find a new name, and the two men are back in the borderlands. Kandor to be specific.
At long last, we hear someone call him by the name al’Lan Mandragoran. Oh I see what you did there Mister Jordan. al’Lan. Allan. That’s cute. You are lucky I like the way Lan sounds so much, because if I didn’t, I would be calling this dude Allan, for the entire rest of the series.
Lan and his mentor Bukama are headed to… uh, I don’t really know where they’re headed. Well, Into Canluum, duh, but I don’t know why. The guards at the gates remind us that Lan would have been king of the nation of Malkier, had it not succumbed to the Blight. Lan tells the guards that they are here to rest for a few days before riding north. Instead of brushing shoulders with the local aristocracy, Lan and Bukama decide to head into the common part of the city.
Posted on June 21, 2025
Tamra, the Amyrlin Seat, dies. Her replacement makes it clear that she intends to use Moiraine for her connection to Cairhienan nobility, so Moiraine escapes aboard a river boat.
Wow, what an apt title for this chapter. Whatever else you want to say about it, you have to agree: stuff finally happens. It’s like Robert Jordan sat down one day, realized that he was halfway done writing this novella and nothing much had happened whatsoever, so it was time to change that.
But the chapter begins innocently enough. You can almost imagine the musical montage as Siuan and Moiraine get used to life as Aes Sedai, which is as full of petty politics as any other sector of society. For example, Blue sisters are by and large forbidden from wearing the color red, owing to their enmity with the Red Ajah. A host of similar allegiances and ancient feuds makes Moiraine realize that Cairhienan nobility is not the only place where Machiavellian maneuvering is a useful skill to have.
Oh! And we finally learn the secret to the oft-mentioned Aes Sedai quality of being unaffected by hot and cold conditions, which is…? breathing! Yes, that’s right. The Aes Sedai are using the Wim Hoff method. Not convinced? Go read about it and you tell me.
So Moiraine and Siuan quickly become expert practitioners of yogic breathing. Gosh, I guess it isn’t all about the One Power… the Aes Sedai really do work quite hard to have earned their reputation as a bunch of ferocious, austere stuck-up bitches.
Some of Moiraine’s dresses arrive just in time for a festive time of year that sounds suspiciously like Christmas. But Moiraine is too worried about being used by the White Tower to attend any of the parties.
One of the accepted, Ellid, disappears during her own trial for the shawl. Apparently, if you test to become Aes Sedai, it is possible for you to not emerge from the ter’angreal. Like no body, no trace, just poof gone. Fuck, I used to think this was like that scene in Contact (1997) where it’s like, “Did she really interstellar travel, or didn’t she? Like, maybe she’s just crazy because look at her, she’s fine!” But sometimes you don’t come out? Gosh, that might have made Chapter 9: It Begins a little more full of dramatic suspense, don’t you think? But we’re only learning about it here, five chapters later.
Anyway, the period of mourning is short, because Siuan joins the perky breasts club! Yes, we already suspected as much, but just so we all know: Siuan folds her arms beneath her breasts, ok?
Just when this chapter is starting to feel like it is a mish-mash of too many different things, Tamra — the current Amyrlin Seat — kicks the bucket in her sleep. Hmm, ok. That sounds suspicious, especially given the reputation Aes Sedai have for living abnormally long lives owning to the rejuvenating effects of recurring contact with the One Power. But ok! I will simply accept it. Shortly thereafter, this dreadful Gray sister named Sierin, who by all rights sounds like she should have chosen Red, takes the seat. Moiraine asks to be relieved of her duty to distribute the baby bounties, and although this request is granted, the new Amyrlin Seat directly orders her to not leave the Tower, with the strong implication that Moiraine is still very much being treated as a game piece, destined to become the Puppet Queen of Cairhien.
Moiraine will have none of it. She says some hasty goodbyes, gets the rest of her dresses from the seamstress, obtains some funding from Door Mail, and hurries to the harbor to abscond aboard a swift moving river boat.
Posted on June 19, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan receive their yearly stipend of 1,000 gold pieces. Moiraine sees her banker and realizes she has to escape Tar Valon before she is used as a puppet in Cairhien politics, so she drags Siuan with her to buy dresses.
Siuan and Moiraine eagerly attend their very first meal in the Aes Sedai dining hall. Upon arriving in their resplendent Blue shawls, they find that it is not the norm for Aes Sedai to take their meals wearing the color of their Ajah. But they stick out like the fresh-faced noobs that they are: Siuan shrugs off the looks and smiles, and Moiraine… blushes and looks down to make sure she wasn’t in one of those dreams where she forgot to put on clothes.
After a luxuriant table service experience, Eadyth summons the two friends to give them their yearly stipend of 1,000 gold pieces. Siuan is over the moon, never having seen that amount of wealth before in her life, and promptly decides to deposit it in the White Tower’s bank.
Moiraine, on the other hand? We’ve been told that she is a member of one of the noble houses in Cairhien, but to see the way she yawns at the trifling sum of 1,000 gold pieces is a superior demonstration that she was indeed born with a silver rod shoved up her ass. So naturally, staying true to her entitled roots, Moiraine hires a litter to bear her to a bank in Tar Valon where she has apparently been stashing her considerable wealth.
At the bank, we see that Moiraine is on friendly terms with Mistress Dormaile, the proprietress of the branch, whom I will forthwith refer to as Door Mail. As the two ladies are making chit-chat, Moiraine learns that the White Tower has most definitely not forgotten about wanting to transform her into their very own puppet Queen of Cairhien: a man had been by nine days prior bearing a letter — supposedly from the Amyrlin Seat herself — ordering Door Mail to hand over information about Moiraine’s finances. Naturally, Door Mail is far too discreet to have complied, but Moiraine realizes that she needs to redouble her efforts to escape the White Tower.
MOIRAINE: Siuan, listen, we need to buy some dresses so we can get the fuck out of here!
SIUAN: Don’t we have enough already?
MOIRAINE: No! No, we don’t. Now get in this litter. We’re going to see the Mistress Alkohima.
SIUAN: Are you crazy? They’re charging a silver penny each! We’ll walk. I’m the leader, remember?
MOIRAINE: Not when I’m spooked, you’re not. Now I’m the bloody leader. Get in the litter!
At the seamstress’ workshop, Moiraine consults with Tamore about requirements for her dresses.
MOIRAINE: Let’s see… I’m going to need twenty dresses.
SIUAN: Twenty dresses! Where are you going to put them all? How will you carry them? Blood and ashes, is this the price tag? Is that in gold or silver?
MOIRAINE: Listen, bitch. You’re in my world now. You want it cheap? You’ll get it cheap. And much like Cairhien nobility, Aes Sedai do not wear cheap things.
With that out of the way, Moiraine feels better.
Posted on June 17, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan are disappointed to discover how little freedom they have as Aes Sedai. Lan and Bukama head back to the North.
Moiraine and Siuan are shown to their new home in the ΓΘΨ sorority house Blue quarters. Kairen Sedai greets them along with many other Blue sisters, and soon they meet Eadyth.
Oh for fuck’s sake. Eadyth? Really?
Fine, Mr. Jordan. I was going to let Kairen go, but then came Eadyth, so let’s talk about names. You wanted to name those characters Karen and Edith, didn’t you? But those spellings weren’t weird and exotic enough for you, were they? So you decided to get cute. What’s next? Arynn? Aeryck? Psaira? Mykl? Mat almost seems to be an outlier, until you learn that it’s short for Matrim instead of Matthew! Who was your editor — Mr. Garvey?


Once Siuan and Moiraine settle in, they go to see Eadyth, who is basically the leader of the Blue Ajah.
EADYTH: Listen up. Just because you’re Aes Sedai now doesn’t mean you’re among equals. If another sister stands higher than you in the Power, you are her bitch.
Spooked, they head back to their chambers.
MOIRAINE: Siuan, we’ve got to get the fuck out of here and start searching for the Dragon before they eat us alive!
CETALIA: Oh look, fresh meat.
MOIRAINE: I beg your pardon?
CETALIA: Fret not, my pretty little porcelain doll. And you, Siuan, have a reputation for being good at puzzles. Come, you are now my dog.
Siuan reluctantly allows herself to be led away. A short while later Moiraine is summoned by the Amyrlin Seat herself and is charged with distributing the funds that the Tower promised to the new mothers. Suddenly, neither one of them can foresee escaping from the Tower’s gravity well any time soon.
Meanwhile: Lan and company watch the Aiel retreat into the mountains.
CANIEDRIN: Why are we just standing here?
BUKAMA: Show me one other aspiration you’re fit to achieve with a name like that, boy, and I’ll follow you wherever you want to go. Until then, shut the fuck up.
LAN: Well boys, looks like this war is over and we’ve earned a little time off. I could head down to Tear and spend some time with the wind and the waves and the sandy beach… but nah! I’m heading back north so I can freeze my ass off like the proper Blighter that I am. I sure hope I don’t run into any Aes Sedai!
Posted on June 15, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan take their Aes Sedai oaths. They choose the Blue Ajah.
Whatever happens with Siuan and the mice is strangely not discussed at all. Instead, we pick back up the next morning when a group of Aes Sedai gather first Moiraine and then Siuan and march them down to the testing room for the oath ceremony.
First, a word about ter’angreal. Imagine that 500 years from now, our descendants have lost the capacity to produce integrated circuits. All they know how to do is make electricity flow through wires again. Sounds pretty far-fetched, right? Like even if knowledge about how to build integrated circuits somehow faded into obscurity, you would think that with a little bit of time on their hands those electrical engineers would rediscover how to build them again. “No!” says Mr. Jordan. “No, no, NO! They built them during the Age of Legends! They don’t know how to build them anymore, you get it?!?” Alrighty then, Mr. Jordan. They’re too dumb to reverse-engineer a glorified magic flashlight. Fine.
Not only is a ter’angreal central to the Aes Sedai test, but it is also a pivotal part of their induction into the order: inductees are required to hold the ter’angreal known as the Oath Rod and recite three oaths:
- I vow that I will speak no word that is not true.
- I vow that I will make no weapon for one man to kill another.
- I vow that I will never use the One Power as a weapon except against Shadowspawn, or in the last extreme of defending my life or that of my Warder or another sister.
Light, these rules are so mechanical, they read like Asimov’s Three Laws of Robotics. They’re so similar, it’s like Jordan jotted them down in a fit of jealousy after finishing I, Robot.
Much has been made of the first vow. What could be more core to the identity of an Aes Sedai than having to perform all of their lying by omission? Instead of glossing over this point, let’s call it what it really is: a loophole. In the Wheel of Time world it is common knowledge that the Aes Sedai are bound to this vow, so they regularly use it to mollify the public into believing that they are trustworthy, when in fact nothing could be further from the truth.
With loopholes in mind, let’s talk about vow #2. Looks like it’s perfectly fine for Aes Sedai to create weapons for men to kill women, for women to kill women, and for women to kill men. You can practically hear George Carlin rattling off this list, and it appears to fit quite well with the matriarchal societal modeling that appears to be prevalent in this world. Women killing others? Fine!
Also, what if it’s a weapon that is not intended to be fatal? This opens all kinds of doors to pepper spray, stun guns, batons, rubber bullets, bean bag rounds, sound canons, flashbangs and tranquilizer darts. I’m going to be keeping this one in mind, Mr. Jordan.
As Moiraine and Siuan spoke these oaths, I also could not help but wonder:
- What if the oath taker makes up a completely different oath, like I vow that I will never wear slippers on Tuesday?
- What if the oath taker vows to do something that is impossible, like I vow that I will manufacture a brand new ter’angreal within seven days?
- What happens if the oath taker forgets the oath, or misspeaks? Does this ter’angreal have an UNDO button, or is that going to turn into an Army of Darkness moment?


Setting aside all of my unanswered questions, the ceremony goes off without a hitch, and both Moiraine and Siuan choose the Blue Ajah, also known as “Seekers after Causes.” Oh, no wonder Moiraine is so bent on finding the Dragon. She’s an activist. That explains so much.
Posted on June 15, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan both pass their Aes Sedai tests.
Remarkably, Moiraine’s 100th weave breaks the theme of nudity and/or bodily harm. Instead it goes for an emotional gut punch involving her father, but here’s the thing — Moiraine has been dealing with her own personal demons for her entire life, so she is already well-equipped for all of this stuff, daddy issues and all. If they had really wanted to challenge her, they should have put her in a room with Elaida. Why the hell wasn’t that the test?
Anyway, yay, SPOILER ALERT, Moiraine passed the test and will be admitted to the sorority Aes Sedai sisterhood. Maybe something we weren’t expecting can happen now?
Once she is healed and back in her room, Moiraine finds that Siuan has been taken for testing herself. Again, it is difficult to share in Moiraine’s situational angst because we know goddamn well that Siuan will also pass the test. The next morning is when the two of them will take the oaths and become Aes Sedai, but instead of being happy with that, Siuan insists on using some mice she obtained from a groomsman to prank Elaida and exact revenge for the beatings.
Posted on June 15, 2025
Moiraine begins her trial for the shawl.
Oh, I see. “It begins.” Everything up to this point was like the opening credits sequence of a movie for Mr. Jordan, wasn’t it? To him, New Spring is merely a novella — an inconsequential side story, a trifling piece of pocket fluff, a Christmas television special — and everything we’ve read so far has been prelude.
So yay, the story is finally beginning. Buckle up!
Merean leads Moiraine down into the bowels of the White Tower.
MOIRAINE: [under her breath] Oh fuck oh fuck oh fuck oh fuckity fuck.
Merean gives her a pointed look and leads Moiraine to the testing room where a sister representing each Ajah is already present. Moiraine does a strip tease and steps naked into the ter’angreal that is used to facilitate testing.
What follows can only be described as a dreamscape that serves as a vehicle for Moiraine to perform the 100 weaves she has been practicing. She keeps finding clothes to wear and then they keep dissolving into the wind. Each weave involves a scenario that is nightmarish to Moraine in some kind of personal way, and although we aren’t given the specifics of all of them, it seems that her insecurities primarily revolve around physical harm and arriving at school only to realize that she has forgotten to wear clothes.
The chapter ends before all of the weaves have been completed, leaving the reader to wonder how Moiraine will fare. Or actually, wait a second, it doesn’t do that at all because we already fucking know Moiraine becomes an Aes Sedai. Nice try, Mr. Jordan. Nice try.
Posted on June 14, 2025
Elaida tries to help Moiraine and Siuan prepare for their Aes Sedai test, and they shit all over her.
This chapter demonstrates that Moiraine is actually a hot mess of contradictions, obsession and angst inside: Aren’t the Aes Sedai searching for the Dragon? Why aren’t they searching for the Dragon? I can’t tell them I’ve spent every sleeping and waking moment since I witnessed the prophecy thinking about finding the Dragon. I can’t tell them that, I can’t tell them or they’ll think I’m insane, and then I’ll never become an Aes Sedai, and THEN WHO WILL FIND THE DRAGON???
Moiraine, Siuan and Myrelle keep having naughty slumber parties practice sessions. And what a practice session it is… until Elaida waltzes in and folds her arms beneath her breasts.
Oh yes, here it is!
Arms. Folded. Beneath. Her Breasts.
Dear Mr. Jordan:
Thank you. Thank you for telling me precisely where Elaida’s arms were positioned in relation to her mammary glands. Why, every time my wife crosses her arms, I don’t know where the fuck they’re going to end up! Sometimes they go behind her back, to the side, up above, over her head, behind or between her legs, and only occasionally beneath her breasts. So THANK YOU SIR for specifying. Elaida’s tits are perky enough that her arms may be crossed under, rather than over them. I will be watching your language closely in the future.
Message received, sir. Message received.
Elaida says she wants to observe, so Siuan and Myrelle do their best to distract Moiraine as she weaves.
ELAIDA: Is that the best you girls can do? What are you trying to do, distract her or give her a fucking back massage? Stand aside!
Elaida proceeds to pummel Moiraine and Siuan so severely that she feels the need to note that the injuries will not, in fact, be fatal. Sort of like that scene in Terminator 2.
ELAIDA: See you tomorrow night, bitches. [Leaves the room.]
MYRELLE: Oh thank the Light. I know just what to do. Sheriam, Ellid, get in here, girls. We’re going to rub this ointment all over Siuan and Moiraine’s naked bodies, then tuck these sluts into bed together! Now help me get their clothes off!
This goes on for three nights, much to Myrelle’s delight, before Merean finds out and puts a stop to it. At first, not unlike little girls, Siuan and Moiraine assume that someone “told on” Elaida for torturing them.
MEREAN: Oh heavens, no. The only thing Elaida did wrong was to give you ladies an unfair advantage when you take the trial for the shawl.
Yes, apparently Elaida legitimately was trying to help these women prepare for the test, and what did she get for thanks? Someone (obviously not Myrelle) ratted her out, and Moiraine realizes that it has so filled Elaida with resentment that she has made an enemy for life.
MOIRAINE: Well, I’m glad all that’s over!
MEREAN: Moiraine Damodred, you are summoned to be hazed tested for the shawl of an Aes Sedai. The Light keep you whole and see you safe.
MOIRAINE: Oh, fuck me.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan happily continue copying names. The Amyrlin Seat assembles Aes Sedai to search for the Dragon.
The Amyrlin Seat is growing suspicious of Siuan and Moiraine after they have voluntarily spent copious amounts of time copying lists of circumstances under which babies were born on the battlefield. Moiraine is sent to deliver a message to a sister belonging to the Green Ajah. After Moiraine completes her mission and escapes the reverse harem of the Green Tower, she catches up with Siuan who is just getting back from delivering a similar message to the Gray Tower. Moiraine concludes that the Amyrlin Seat is assembling a group to search for the Dragon, a theory that is only bolstered the next day when three more messages go out.
Posted on June 11, 2025
The next day, Merean forces Moiraine and Siuan to stay in the White Tower and recopy names of potential Dragon mothers rolling in from the field. Siuan points out that they are in a unique position to create their own list of Women Who Just Might Be the Mother of the Dragon.
The next morning, everyone is hustling to go back out for another fine day of interviewing entitled new mothers.
SHERIAM: OMG you guys, listen to this: my best friend’s sister’s boyfriend’s brother’s girlfriend heard from this guy who knows this kid who’s going with this girl who saw the Aiel retreating. I guess it’s– what are you two grinning about?
SIUAN: Oh, nothing. [Smirks.]
Sheriam walks away.
MOIRAINE: Can you believe our luck, Siuan? With the Aiel retreating, now we can go to Dragonmount. Guess who’s gonna find the Dragon. We’re gonna find the Dragon. Who’s gonna find the Dragon? We’re gonna find the Dragon. C’mon, let’s go!
Moiraine collides with Merean, the Mistress of Novices, on the way out.
MEREAN: Not so fast, child. I know you said you did not care for your uncles, but clearly you are not in your right mind, so you will remain at the tower today and do busywork.
SIUAN: What a brilliant idea, Merean. [Dancing behind Merean’s back, whispering, “I’m gonna find the Dragon, I’m gonna find the Dragon!”]
MEREAN: And you can keep her company, Siuan.
SIUAN: Awwww!
Merean leaves the room.
MOIRAINE: What the actual fuck, bitch?
SIUAN: Calm down. This is better than going out and taking names ourselves! We can just stay here and copy everyone’s work!
It quickly becomes apparent that the power vacuum in Cairhien created by the Three Assholes Damodred dying has taken the notice of the Aes Sedai. Members of each Ajah come by to gauge, with varying levels of subtlety, how easily Moiraine could be groomed into pursuing a position of power in Cairhienan politics, and Moiraine wants no part of it. After all, how could she find the Dragon if she were playing the Game of Houses? Suddenly she can’t wait to undergo the Aes Sedai test so she can flee the White Tower.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan interview women and record names at an encampment. Back at the White Tower, Moiraine learns that her asshole uncles died in battle.
Finally something interesting happens! The gaggle of women at the camp refuses to come to order, so Siuan whips out her trusty megaphone spell and shouts at everyone to shut the fuck up.
Even with order restored, it is an unfortunate fact that offering 100 gold coins to every woman who recently gave birth will have the effect of creating a long line of Karens, and Moiraine wonders how she could have ever fooled herself into thinking that she could be the one to discover the Dragon Reborn.
When they decide to take a meal break, a couple of Aes Sedai show up for no apparent reason other than to ruin their day by informing Siuan and Moiraine that they have a curfew, so they take down the rest of the names before making a mad dash back to Tar Valon. Once there, Moiraine learns that three of her uncles have been killed in the war, but it’s OK because they were assholes.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan leave Tar Valon to find and interview women who gave birth during the final battle.
In a flurry of activity, the Accepted follow the Amyrlin Seat’s orders, quickly packing and heading out of the bustling city, escorted by armed Tar Valon guardsmen. Siuan tries to persuade the guardsman escorting her and Moiraine that it would be best to start with the farthest camps on the slopes of Dragonmount, but he will not be dissuaded from following the orders he has already received, which is to start with the closest camps. And so, heading away from Dragonmount, Siuan and Moiraine find a nearby camp and begin the process of interviewing the women who are there.
Sweet Jesus. I couldn’t even think of anything sarcastic to say about this chapter, it was that dull. And it took Jordan thirty-one pages to convey this.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan practice their weaves for their Aes Sedai test. The Amyrlin Seat announces that the White Tower will give each woman who birthed a child during the final battle of the Aiel War 100 gold pieces.
MOIRAINE: Gosh, that whole DEATH business was shocking and disturbing. I’mma get a little shut-eye.
SIUAN: Like hell you are, slacker. We’ve got a pop quiz coming up any day to be inducted into the Aes Sedai SISTERHOOD. So fuck your sleep. We don’t need sleep. We’re just going to stay awake all the time and practice. It’ll be like channeling while drunk, only more fun.
MOIRAINE: Fiiine. You’re the leader, even though I’m descended from nobility.
SIUAN: Fucking right I am. Let’s go to my room. We’re gonna run through the Aes Sedai bar exam. You go first because you suck at channeling. I’ll be over here distracting you by talking about the Dragon being Reborn! and seeing how much Sapphic innuendo we can cram into this chapter by using the One Power to touch you inappropriately! Oh look, here’s Myrelle. She has a reputation for conjuring ice straight into naughty places under people’s clothing. This is going to be epic — like a sorority hazing, only way better!
TARNA: Never mind that now! The Amyrlin Seat is going to make an announcement!
SIUAN and MYRELLE: Awwww!
AMYRLIN SEAT: Listen up, all of you “Accepted” Aes Sedai wannabes. The White Tower’s critics claim that we never do anything that doesn’t somehow benefit us. We will show them that they are fools! Go forth and find all of the women who gave birth during the battle. We shall give each of them 100 gold pieces, because… umm… because they supported the men during the battle? Look, don’t worry your pretty little heads about why we’re giving away money, OK? The Accepted don’t ask questions! We’re doing it because we’re NICE. Got it?
AMYRLIN SEAT: Oh, and be sure to gather details about the name and sex of the infants, as well as where they were born. For, uh… for recordkeeping purposes. Heh heh.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Moiraine and Siuan are Aes Sedai undergrads working for Tamra, the current Amyrlin Seat. The Amyrlin’s secretary has a vision of the Dragon having been reborn, then promptly drops dead.
Oh hello Moiraine. How cute, you aren’t an Aes Sedai yet! This is like your college years. I hope you knew how to party. And look at you, still figuring out whether you want to join the Green Ajah with their quasi-polyamory-multiple-warders vibe or the cold and logical Blue Ajah, laser focused on trapping just one special man into that oh-so-tantalizingly-codependent relationship with a Warden. Which to choose, which to choose!
Oh hello to you too Siuan. Siuan Sanche. I always thought that was a cool name, so very alliterative and pronounceable! Siuan, let me tell you, there was a character in Chapter 1 whose name was Caniedrin. No, I wasn’t trying to spell Canadian and just fat-fingered it. Caniedrin! First of all, how much do you have to hate your child to name them that? And second, I can tell you one thing: nobody named Caniedrin is ever going to become Amyrlin Seat, am I right? But Siuan Sanche! Memorable, strong, easy to say. That’s the start of a beautiful political career! And those raised-by-a-sailor sensibilities are never going to totally leave you, are they, you adorable thing?
Moiraine and Siuan are bored, getting blasted by drafts of cold air, and suppressing yawns. And for how little is happening in this chapter, this actually made it the most immersive scene in the book yet, because it evoked the exact same feelings of torturous ennui that these two ladies felt. I truly empathized.
The current Amyrlin Seat is apparently… worried about something? Horns are blaring? And then her, uh… secretary? Her secretary starts like having visions and speaking in tongues, spewing a proclamation of the Dragon having been Reborn!, before promptly dropping dead Looney-Tunes-style. And Moiraine catches a Novice reading a romance novel – oh, how scandalous.
Yes, it really did take 25 pages for the novel to express the events described in the above paragraph.
Posted on June 11, 2025
Lan is participating in the end of the Aiel War.
Oh hello Lan. I see you are not yet magically shackled into a creepy, never-gonna-let-you-go, you-die-we-both-die relationship to an ice queen, but I know you crave the masochism since you constantly remind us that you hail from the frozen wastelands of the north, where people sleep on slabs of chilled marble, fashion snow into bedpillows, and chomp on icicles for hydration.
Between you and me, this whole warder arrangement doesn’t seem like it’s all that different from what the Seanchan do with their the a’dam collars. Don’t be tempted by the cloak of invisibility. It’s a raw deal! That cloak is never gonna work as well as you would hope. Not to mention, you do know that this woman will know exactly where you are at all times, right? Like you won’t ever get to stop sharing your location – this is Every Breath You Take in the most disturbing possible way, and I would strongly urge you to run the fucking other way when you finally meet Moiraine. But hey, they’re your balls, so I guess if you want to put them in a box and give it to an Aes Sedai, that’s your business, but don’t say I didn’t warn you.
A messenger comes from some dude leading an army, strongly suggesting that Lan’s army assist in a pincer attack against the Aiel, who have apparently crossed the spine and have been busting up Tar Valon’s ‘hood.
When Lan’s army is in place to help ambush the Aiel army, which by the way was WAY bigger than anyone expected, it emerges from the forest. Lan watches, presumably slack jawed, as the Aiel army just goes around and continues east, back toward the spine.